<!-- ECI Corpus File:   (men12)                              -->
<!--       Component:   (a)                                  -->
<!-- Copyright 1994 ACL.                                     -->
<!-- Material as supplied copyright Department of Terminology, -->
<!--           Copenhagen Business School 1994               -->
<!--       used by permission.                               -->
<!--                                                         -->
<!-- DK Civil Law Corpus : English part                      -->
<!--                                                         -->
<!-- Extracts from                                           -->
<!-- 	The Rules of the Supreme Court                       -->
<!-- 	Supreme Court Act                                    -->
<!-- 	County Court Rules                                   -->

<div0 type=file>
<head>
   The Rules of the Supreme Court
   Supreme Court Act
   County Court Rules
</head>
<div1 type=extract n=302001>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 30
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
writ of summons
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Form of writ (O.6, r.1).

6/1  1. Every writ must be in Form 1 in Appendix A.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302001>
<idno type=num>
302001
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302002>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 32
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
writ, issue of writ, statement of claim,
indorsement of claim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Indorsement of claim (O.5, r.2).

6/2 2. - (1) Before a writ is issued it must be indorsed -

(a) with a statement of claim or, if the statement of
claim is not indorsed on the writ, with a concise
statement of the nature of the claim made or the relief
or remedy required in the action begun thereby;

(b) where the claim made by the plaintiff is for a debt
or liquidated demand only, with a statement of the amount
claimed in respect of the debt or demand and for costs
and also with a statement that further proceedings will
be stayed if, within the time limited for acknowledging
service, the defendant pays the amount so claimed to
the plaintiff, his solicitor or agent;

(c) where the claim made by the plaintiff is for possession
of land, with a statement showing -
  (i) whether the claim relates to a dwelling-house; and  (ii) if it does,
whether the rateable value of the
      premises on every day specified by section 4 (2)
      of the Rent Act 1977 in relation to the premises
      exceeds the sum so specified;

(d) where the action is brought to enforce a right to
recover possession of goods, with a statement showing
the value of the goods.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302002>
<idno type=num>
302002
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302003>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 42
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, indorsement as to capacity
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Indorsement as to capacity (O.6, r.3).

6/3 3. - (1) Before a writ is issued it must be indorsed -

(a) where the plaintiff sues in a representative capacity,
with a statement of the capacity in which he sues;

(b) where a defendant is sued in a representative capacity,
with a statement of the capacity in which he is sued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302003>
<idno type=num>
302003
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302004>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 43
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, indorsement as to place of cause of action
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Indorsement as to place where cause of action arose
(O.6, r.4).

4. Where a writ is to be issued out of a District Registry
and any cause of action in respect of which relief is
claimed by the writ wholly or in part arose in a place
in the district of that Registry, the writ may be indorsed
with a statement to that effect before it is issued.

In relation to a writ in the Chancery Division which
is to be issued out of one of the Chancery district
registries, this rule shall have effect as if for
the reference to the district of that registry there
were substituted a reference to the area of the circuit
within which that registry is situate, and the
Northern and North Eastern Circuits shall be treated
for this purpose as one circuit.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302004>
<idno type=num>
302004
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302005>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 43-44
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, indorsement as to solicitor and address,
address for service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Indorsement as to solicitor and address (O.6, r.5).

5. - (1) Before a writ is issued, it must be indorsed -

(a) where the plaintiff sues by a solicitor, with the
plaintiff's address and the solicitor's name or firm
and a business address of his within the jurisdiction
and also (if the solicitor is the agent of another)
the name or firm and business address of his principal;

(b) where the plaintiff sues in person, with the address
of his place of residence and, if his place of residence
is not within the jurisdiction or if he has no place of
residence, the address of a place within the jurisdiction
at or to which documents for him may be delivered or sent.

(2) The address for service of a plaintiff shall be -

(a) where he sues by a solicitor, the business address
of the solicitor indorsed on the writ or where there are
two such addresses so indorsed, the business address of
the solicitor who is acting as agent for the other;

(b) where he sues in person, the address within the
jurisdiction indorsed on the writ.

(3) Where a solicitor's name is indorsed on a writ, he
must, if any defendant who has been served with or who
has acknowledged service of the writ requests him in
writing so to do, declare in writing whether the writ
was issued by him or with his authority or privity.

(4) If a solicitor whose name is indorsed on a writ
declares in writing that the writ was not issued by him
or with his authority or privity, the Court may on the
application of any defendant who has been served with
or who has acknowledged service of the writ, stay all
proceedings in the action begun by the writ.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302005>
<idno type=num>
302005
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302006>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 45
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, concurrent writ, the original writ
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Concurrent writ (O.6, r.6).

6. - (1) One or more concurrent writs may, at the request
of the plaintiff, be issued at the time when the original
writ is issued or at any time thereafter before the
original writ ceases to be valid.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1)
a writ for service within the jurisdiction may be issued
as a concurrent writ with one which is to be served out
of the jurisdiction and a writ which is to be served out
of the jurisdiction may be issued as a concurrent writ
with one for service within the jurisdiction.

(3) A concurrent writ is a true copy of the original
writ with such differences only (if any) as are necessary
having regard to the purpose for which the writ is issued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302006>
<idno type=num>
302006
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302007>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 46
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, writ seal, claims made by the writ
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Issue of writ (O.6, r.7).

6/7 7. - (1) No writ which is to be served out of the
jurisdiction shall be issued without the leave of the
court unless it complies with the following conditions,
that is to say -

(a) each claim made by the writ is either -

    (i) on which by virtue of the Civil Jurisdiction and
        Judgments Act 1982 the Court has power to hear and
        determine, or

   (ii) one which by virtue of any other enactment the
        Court has power to hear and determine notwithstanding
        that the person against whom the claim is made is
        not within the jurisdiction of the Court or that the
        wrongful act, neglect or default giving rise to the
        claim did not take place within its jurisdiction;
and

(b) where a claim made by the writ in one which the Court
has power to hear and determine by virtue of the Civil
Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982, the writ is indorsed
before it is issued with a statement that the Court has
power under that Act to hear and determine the claim,
and that no proceedings involving the same cause of action
are pending between the parties in Scotland, Northern
Ireland or another Convention territory.

(2) Except where otherwise expressly provided by these
Rules, a writ may be issued out of:

(a) the Central Office if it relates to proceedings
intended to be conducted in the Queen's Bench Division;
or

(b) Chancery Chambers if it relates to proceedings
intended to be conducted in the Chancery Division; or

(c) a district registry.

(3) Issue of writ takes place upon its being sealed by
an officer of the office out of which it is issued.

(4) The officer by whom a concurrent writ is sealed
must mark it as a concurrent writ with an official
stamp.

(5) No writ shall be sealed unless at the time of
tender thereof for sealing the person tendering it
leaves at the office at which it is tendered a copy
thereof signed, where the plaintiff sues in person,
by him or, where he does not so sue, by or on behalf of
his solicitor.

(6) For the purpose of this rule, "Convention territory"
means the territory or territories of any Contracting
State, as defined by section 1 (3) of that Act, to
which the Conventions defined in section 1 (1) of that
Act apply.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302007>
<idno type=num>
302007
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302008>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 49
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 6, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ, duration of writ, renewal of writ,
validity of writ
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Duration and renewal of writ (O.6, r.8).

8. - (1) For the purpose of service, a writ (other than
a concurrent writ) invalid in the first instance for
twelve months beginning with the date of issue and a
concurrent writ is valid in the first instance for the
period of validity of the original writ which is
unexpired at the date of issue of the concurrent writ.

(2) Where a writ has not been served on a defendant,
the Court may by order extend the validity of the writ
from time to time for such period, not exceeding twelve
months at any one time, beginning with the day next
following that on which it would otherwise expire, as
may be specified in the order, if an application for
extension is made to the Court before that day or such
later day (if any) as the Court may allow.

(3) Before a writ, the validity of which has been
extended under this rule, is served, it must be marked
with an official stamp showing the period for which
the validity of the writ has been so extended.

(4) Where the validity of a writ is extended by order made
under this Rule, the order shall operate in relation to
any other writ (whether original or concurrent) issued
in the same action which has not been served so as to
extend the validity of that other writ until the expiration
of the period specified in the order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302008>
<idno type=num>
302008
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302009>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 96
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12,  rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
acknowledge service of the writ, notice of intention to defend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Mode of acknowledgning service (O.12, r.1).

12/1 1.- (Subject to paragraph (2) and to Order 80, rule 2, a
defendant to an action begun by writ may (whether or not he is
sued as a trustee or personal representative or in any other
representative capacity) acknowledge service of the writ
and defend the action by a solicitor or in person.
  (2) The defendant to such an action who is a body corporate
may acknowledge service of the writ and give notice of
intention for defend the action either by a solicitor or by a
person duly authorised to act on the defendant's behalf but,
except as aforesaid or as expressly provided by any enactment,
such a denfendant may not take steps in the acion otherwise than
by a solicitor.
  (3) Service of a writ may be acknowledged by properly completing
an acknowledgement of service, as defined by rule 3, and handling
it in at, or sending it by post to, the appropriate office, that
is to say, if the writ was issued out of an office of the Supreme
Court at the Royal Courts of Justice, that office, or if the
writ was issued out of a district registry that registry.
  (4) If two or more defendants to an action acknowledge service
by the same solicitor and at the same time, only one
acknowledgement of service need be completed and delivered
for those defendants.
  (5) The date on which service is acknowledged is the date on
which the acknowledgment of service is received at the appropriate
office.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302009>
<idno type=num>
302009
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302010>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 101 - 102
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 12, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
acknowledgement of service of writ,
setting aside the acknowledgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Acknowledgement of service (O.12, r.3).

  3. -(1) An acknowledgment of service must be in Form No. 14
or 15 in Appendix A, whichever is appropriate, and, except as
provided in rule 1(2) must be signed by the solicitor acting
for the defendant specified in the acknowledgment or, if the
defendant is acting in person, by that defendant.
  (2) An acknowledgment of service must specify -
  (a) in the case of a defendant acknowledging service in
      person, the address of his place of residence and, if his
      place of residence is not within the jurisdiction or if he
      has no place of residence, the address of a place within
      the jurisdiction at or to which documents for him may be
      delivered or sent, and
  (b) in the case of defendant acknowledging service by a solicitor,
      a business address of his solicitor's within the
      jurisdiction;
and where the defendant acknowledges service in person, the
address within the jurisdiction specified under sub-paragraph (a)
shall be his address for service, but otherwise his solicitor's
business address shall be his address for service.
  In relation to a body corporate the references in
sub-paragraph (a) to the defendant's place of residence shall be
construed as references to the defendant's registered or
principal office.
   (3) Where the defendant acknowledges service by a solicitor
who is acting as agent for another solicitor who is acting as
agent for annother solicitor having a place of business within
the jurisdiction, the acknowledgment of service must state that
the first-named solicitor so acts and must also state the name
and address of that other solicitor.
   (4) If an acknowledgment of service does not specify the
defendant's address for service or the Court is satisfied that
any address specified in the acknowledgment if service is not
genuine, the Court may on application by the plaintiff set aside
the acknowledgment or order the defendant to give an address or,
as the case may be, a genuine address for service and may in
any case direct that the acknowledgment shall nevertheless have
effect for the purposes of Order 10, rule 1(5) and Order 65,
rule 9.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302010>
<idno type=num>
302010
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302011>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 103
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
acknowledgment of service of writ, the cause book,
intention to conest proceedings, stay of execution
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Procedure on receipt of acknowledgment of service (O.12, r.4).

  4. On receiving an acknowledgment of service an officer of the
appropriate office must -
   (a) affix to the acknowledgment an official stamp showing the
       date on which he received it;
   (b) enter the acknowledgment in the cause book with a note
       showing, if it be the case, that the defendant has indicated
       in the acknowledgment an intention to contest to proceedings
       or to apply for a stay of execution in respect of any
       judgment obtained against him in the proceedings;
   (c) make a copy of the acknowledgment, having affixed to it
       an official stamp showing the date on which he received
       the acknowledgment, and send it by post to the plaintiff
       or, as the case may be, his solicitor at the plaintiff's
       address for service.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302011>
<idno type=num>
302011
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302012>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 104
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC order 12, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
time limited, acknowledgment of service of writ,
service within the jurisdiction, out of the jurisdiction
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
  Time limited for acknowledging service (O.12, r. 5).

12/5  5. References in these Rules to the time limited for
acknowledging service are references -
    (a) in the case of a writ served within the jurisdiction,
        to fourteen days after service of the writ (including
        the day of service) or, where that time has been extended
        by or by virtue of these Rules, to that time as so
        extended; and
    (b) in the case of a writ, served out of the jurisdiction,
        to the time limited under Order 10, Rule 2(2) Order 11,
        Rule 1(3) or Order 11, Rule 4(4) or, where that time
        has been extended as aforesaid, to that time as so
        extended.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302012>
<idno type=num>
302012
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302013>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 104
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, Rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
late acknowledgment of service of writ,
notice of intention to defend, time limit
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Late acknowledgment of service (O.12, r.6).

12/6  6. - (1) Except with the leave of the Court, a defendant
may not give notice of intention to defend in an action after
judgment has been obtained therein.
  (2) Except as provided by paragraph (1) nothing in these rules
or any writ order thereunder shall be construed as precluding a
defendant from acknowledging service in an action after the time
limited for so doing, but if a defendant acknowledges service
after that time, he shall not, unless the Court otherwise orders,
be entitled to serve a defence or do any other act later than
if he had acknowledged service within that time.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302013>
<idno type=num>
302013
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302014>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 105
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
acknowledgment of service of writ, validity of the writ
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Acknowledgment not to constitute waiver (O.12, r.7).

   7. The acknowledgment by a defendant of service of a writ
shall not be treated as a waiver by him of any irregularity
in the writ or service thereof or in any order giving leave to
serve the writ out of the jurisdiction or extending the validity
of the writ for the purpose of service.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302014>
<idno type=num>
302014
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302015>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 105 - 106
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
dispute as to jurisdiction, setting aside the writ,
discharge of order, giving leave to serve unit
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Dispute as to jurisdiction (O.12, r.8).

 8. - (1) A defendant who wishes to dispute the jurisdiction of
the court in the proceedings by reason of any such irregularity
as is mentioned in rule 7 or on any other ground shall give
notice of intention to defend the proceedings and shall, within
the time limited for service of a defence, apply to the Court
for -
   (a) an order setting aside the writ or service of the writ
       on him, or    (b) an order declaring that the writ has not been duly
served
       on him, or
   (c) the discharge of any order giving leave to serve the writ
       on him out of the jurisdiction, or
   (d) the discharge of any order extending the validity of the
       writ for the purpose of service, or
   (e) the protection or release of any property of the defendant
       seized or threatened with seizure in the proceedings, or
   (f) the discharge of any order made to prevent any dealing
       with any property of defendant, or
   (g) a declaration that in the circumstances of the case the
       court has no jurisdiction over the defendant in respect
       of the subject matter of the claim or the relief or remedy
       sought in the action, or
   (h) such other relief as may be appropiate.
 (2) [Revoked by R.S.C. (Amendment No.2) 1983 (S.I. 1983 No.1811)].
 (3) An application under paragraph (1) must be made -
   (a) in an Admiralty action in rem, by motion;
   (b) in any other action in the Queen's Bench Division, by
       summons;
   (c) in any other action, by summons or motion, and notice of motion or
summons must state the grounds of the
application.
   (4) An application under paragraph (1) must be supported by
an affidavit verifying the facts on which the application is
based and a copy of the affidavit must be served with the notice
of motion or summons by which the application is made.
   (5) Upon hearing an application under paragraph (1) the Court,
if it does not dispose of the matter in dispute, may give such
directions for its disposal as may be appropriate, including
directions for the trial thereof as a preliminary issue.
   (6) A defendant who makes an application under paragraph (1)
shall not be treated as having submitted to the jurisdiction of
the court by reason of his having notice of intention to defend
the action; and if the Court makes no order on the application
or dismisses it, the notice shall cease to have effect, but the
defendant may, subject to rule 6(1) lodge a further acknowledgment
of service and in that case paragraph (7) shall apply as if
the defendant had not made any such application.
   (7) Except where the defendant makes an application in
accordance with paragraph (1) the acknowledgment by a defendant
of service of a writ shall, unless the acknowledgment is withdrawn
by leave of the Court under Order 21, rule 1, be treated as a
submission by the defendant to the jurisdiction of the Court
in the proceedings.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302015>
<idno type=num>
302015
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302016>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 107
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of originating summons, ex parte originating summons,
acknowledgement of service of summons
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Acknowlegment of service of originating summons (O. 12, r.9).

  9. - (1) Each defendant named in and served with an originating
summons (other than an ex parte originating summons or an
originating summons Order 113) must acknowledge service of the
summons as if it were a writ.
  (2) Where an originating summons is issued out of principal
registry of the Family Division, the appropriate office for
acknowledgning service is that registry.
  (3) The foregoing rules of this Order shall apply in relation
to an originating summons (other than an ex parte originating
summons or an originating summons under Order 113) as they apply
to a writ except that after the word "extended," wherever it
occurs in rule 5(a) there shall be inserted the words "or abridged"
and for the reference in rule 5(b) to Order 11, rules 1(3) and
4(4) there shall be substituted a reference to Order 11, rule
9(6).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302016>
<idno type=num>
302016
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302017>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 108
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 12, rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
entry of an appearance
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Acknowledgment of service to be treated as entry of appearance
(O.12, r.10).

  10. For the purpose of any enactment referring expressly or
impliedly to the entry of appearance as a procedure provided by
rules of court for responding to a writ or other process issuing
out of the High Court, or of any rule of law, the acknowledgment
of service of the writ or other process in accordance with these
rules shall be treated as the entry of an appearance to it,
and related expressions shall be construed accordingly.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302017>
<idno type=num>
302017
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302018>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 121
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 13, rule 6A
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
issue of writ against defendant,
acknowledgement of service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Prescribed time (O.13, r.6A).

6A. In the foregoing rules of this Order "the prescribed
time" in relation to a writ issued against a defendant
means the time limited for the defendant to acknowledge
service of the writ or, if within that time the
defendant has returned to the appropriate office an
acknowledgment of service containing a statement to
the effect that he does not intend to contest the
the proceedings, the date on which the acknowledgment
was received at the appropriate office.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302018>
<idno type=num>
302018
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302019>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 121-22
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 13, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.2 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             udeblivelse (og anden passivitet);
             retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of writ, proof of service, acceptance of service,
failure to acknowledge service, judgment under r.13
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Proof of service of writ (O.13, r.7).

7. - (1) Judgment shall not be entered against a defendant
under this Order unless -

(a) The defendant has acknowledged service on him of the
writ; or

(b) an affidavit is filed by or on behalf of the plaintiff
proving due service of the writ on the defendant; or

(c) the plaintiff produces the writ indorsed by the
defendant's solicitor with a statement that he accepts
service of the writ on the defendant's behalf.

(2) Where, in an action begun by writ, an application
is made to the Court for an order affecting a party who
has failed to acknowledge service, the Court hearing
the application may require to be satisfied in such
manner as it thinks fit that the party is in default
of acknowledgment of service.

(3) Where, after judgment has been entered under this
Order against a defendant purporting to have been served
by post under Order 10, rule 1 (2) (a) the copy of the
writ sent to the defendant is returned to the plaintiff
through the post, undelivered to the addressee, the
plaintiff, shall, before taking any step or further step
in the action or the enforcement of the judgment either -

(a) make a request for the judgment to be set aside on
the ground that the writ has not been duly served, or

(b) apply to the Court for directions.

(4) A request under paragraph (3) (a) shall be made by
producing to an officer of the office in which the
judgment was entered, and leaving with him for filing,
an affidavit stating the relevant facts, and thereupon
the judgment shall be set aside and the entry of the
judgment and of any proceedings for its enforcement
made in the book kept in the office for that purpose
shall be marked accordingly.

(5) An application under paragraph (3) (b) shall be
made ex parte by affidavit stating the facts on which
the application is founded and any order or direction
sought, and on the application the Court may -

(a) set aside the judgment; or

(b) direct that, notwithstanding the return of the copy
of the writ, it shall be treated as having been duly
served, or

(c) make such other order and give such other direction
as the circumstances may require.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302019>
<idno type=num>
302019
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302020>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 130
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.5.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; retsafgorelsens form
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application for summary judgment, no defence to a claim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application by plaintiff for summary judgment (O.14, r.1).

1. - (1) Where in an action to which this rule applies
a statement of claim has been served on a defendant and
that defendant has given notice of intention to defend
the action, the plaintiff may, on the ground that that
defendant has no defence to a claim included in the writ,
or to a particular part of such a claim, or has no defence
to such a claim or part except as to the amount of any
damages claimed, apply to the Court for judgment against
that defendant.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) this rule applies to every
action begun by writ in the Queen's Bench Division
(including the Admiralty Court) or the Chancery Division
other than -

(a) an action which includes a claim by the plaintiff
for libel, slander, malicious prosecution or false
imprisonment,

(b) an action which includes a claim by the plaintiff
based on an allegation of fraud, or

(c) an Admiralty action in rem.

(3) This Order shall not apply to an action to which Order
86 applies.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302020>
<idno type=num>
302020
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302021>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 133
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.5.2 + 2.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; retsafgorelsens form;
             proceskravet
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application for summary judgment, procedure
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Manner in which application under Rule 1 must be made
(O.14, r.2).

2. - (1) An application under rule 1 must be made by
summons supported by an affidavit verifying the facts
on which the claim, or the part of a claim, to which the
application relates is based and stating that in the
deponent's belief there is no defence to that claim or
part, as the case may be, or no defence except as to
the amount of any damages claimed.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit
for the purposes of this rule may contain statements of
information or belief with the sources and grounds
thereof.

(3) The summons, a copy of the affidavit in support and
of any exhibits referred to therein must be served on
the defendant not less than 10 clear days before the
return day.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302021>
<idno type=num>
302021
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302022>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 135
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.5.2 + 3.2.5.4 + 2.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; retsafgorelsens form;
             retsafgorelsens virkninger; proceskravet
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summary judgment, judgment for plaintiff,
counterclaim made by defendant
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Judgment for plaintiff (O.14, r.3).

3. - (1) Unless on the hearing of an application under
Rule 1 either the Court dismisses the application or
the defendant satisfies the Court with respect to the
claim, or the part of a claim, to which the application
relates that there is an issue or question in dispute
which ought to be tried or that there ought for some
other reason to be a trial of that claim or part, the
Court may give such judgment for the plaintiff against
that defendant on that claim or part as may be just
having regard to the nature of the remedy or relief
claimed.

(2) The Court may by order, and subject to such conditions,
if any, as may be just, stay execution of any judgment
given against a defendant under this rule until after the
trial of any counterclaim made or raised by the defendant
in the action.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302022>
<idno type=num>
302022
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302023>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 135
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.2 + 3.2.5.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; proceskravet;
             retsafgorelsens form
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summary judgment,
showing cause against application for summary judgment,
leave to defend, hearing the application for summary judgment,
conditional leave to defend, unconditional leave to defend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Leave to defend (O.14, r.4).

4. - (1) A defendant may show cause against an application
under Rule 1 by affidavit or otherwise to the satisfaction
of the Court.

(2) Rule 2 (2) applies for the purposes of this Rule as
it applies for the purposes of that rule.

(3) The Court may give a defendant against whom such an
application is made leave to defend the action with respect
to the claim, or the part of a claim, to which the
application relates either unconditionally or on such
terms as to giving security or time or mode of trial or
otherwise as it thinks fit.

(4) On the hearing of such an application the Court may
order a defendant showing cause or, where that defendant
is a body corporate, any director, manager, secretary or
other similar officer thereof, or any person purporting
to act in any such capacity -

(a) to produce any document;

(b) if it appears to the Court that there are special
circumstances which make it desirable that he should
do so, to attend and be examined on oath.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302023>
<idno type=num>
302023
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302024>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 141-42
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
Uddrag af Kommentar til RSC, Order 14, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.2 + 3.2.5.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; proceskravet;
             retsafgorelsens form
</s>
<s type=keywords>
set-off and counterclaim,
raising a defence to an application for summary judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Set-off and counterclaim - If the defence of set-off be
raised, the defendant is entitled to unconditional
leave to defend up to the amount of the set-off claimed.
As to the defence of set-off, see O.18, r.17.

The defence of set-off may be raised in respect of debt
or damages, whether the amount is ascertained or not and
whether it is also added as a counterclaim, see O.18, r.17.
The principle is that the plaintiff should give credit for
the amount of the set-off in his action against the defendant
and ought not to insist upon his claim without taking the
set-off into account.

A set-off may consist of a set-off of mutual debts, or
the setting up of matters of complaint which, if
established, reduce or even extinguish the claim, or
the setting up of an equitable set-off. If therefore
the defendant raises a bona fide defence alleging breaches
of the agreement sued on, whether in respect of work
done or goods supplied or otherwise, he is entitled to
to leave to defend.

Moreover, where the defendant sets up a bona fide
counterclaim arising out of the same subject-matter of
the action, and connected with the grounds of defence,
the order should not be for judgment on the claim
subject to a stay of execution pending the trial of the
counterclaim, but should be for unconditional leave to
defend, even if the defendant admits the whole or part
of the claim.

On the other hand, the mere fact that the defendant has a
counterclaim does not necessarily entitle him to leave to
defend. Where there is clearly no defence to the plaintiff's
claim, so that the plaintiff should not be put to the
trouble and expense of proving it, but the defendant sets
up a plausible counterclaim for an amount not less than
the plaintiff's claim, the order should not be for leave
to defend but should  be for judgment for the plaintiff
on the claim with costs, with a stay of execution until the
trial of the counterclaim or pending further order.

Under r.3 (2) the court has express power to stay execution
on any judgment against a defendant pending the trial of
any counterclaim made or raised by him in the action.

Where judgment is given for plaintiff on the claim with
stay pending disposal of the counterclaim the onus of
bringing the counterclaim to a hearing rests with the
counterclaiming defendant and not with the plaintiff.

If the amount of set-off or counterclaim exceeds the
plaintiff's claim, the defendant is entitled to leave to
defend or a stay of execution, as the case may be, in
respect of the whole  claim, while if it is less, the
plaintiff is entitled to judgment for the difference.
It therefore behoves the defendant to particularise the
amount of his set-off or counterclaim or to specify or
indicate how it is made up or calculated, so that the
Court should have material on which to make the proper
order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302024>
<idno type=num>
302024
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302025>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 150
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.2 + 3.2.5.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; proceskravet;
             retsafgorelsens form
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application for summary judgment on counterclaim,
defence to a claim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application for summary judgment on counterclaim
(O.14, r.15).

5. - (1) Where a defendant to an action in the Queen's
Bench Division (including the Admiralty Court) or
Chancery Division begun by writ has served a counterclaim
on the plaintiff, then, subject to paragraph (3) the
defendant may, on the ground that the plaintiff has no
defence to a claim made in the counterclaim, or to a
particular part of such a claim, apply to the Court for
judgment against the plaintiff on that claim or part.

(2) Rules 2, 3 and 4 shall apply in relation to an
application under this Rule as they apply in relation
to an application under Rule 1 but with the following
modifications, that is to say -

(a) references to the plaintiff and defendant shall be
construed as references to the defendant and plaintiff
respectively;

(b) the words in Rule 3 (2) "any counterclaim made or
raised by the defendant in" shall be omitted; and

(c) the reference in Rule 4 (3) to the action shall be
construed as a reference to the counterclaim to which the
application under this Rule relates.

(3) This Rule shall not apply to a counterclaim which
includes any such claim as is referred to in Rule 1 (2).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302025>
<idno type=num>
302025
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302026>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 150-151
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.2 + 3.2.5.2 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; proceskravet;
             retsafgorelsens form; retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summary judgment, leave to defend,
conditional leave to defend, unconditional leave to defend,
conduct of action
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Directions (O.14, r.6).

6. - (1) Where the Court -

(a) orders that a defendant or a plaintiff have leave
(whether conditional or unconditional) to defend an action
or counterclaim, as the case may be, with respect to a
claim or a part of a claim, or

(b) gives judgment for a plaintiff or a defendant on a
claim or part of a claim but also orders that execution
of the judgment be stayed pending the trial of a
counterclaim or of the action, as the case may be,

the Court shall give directions as to the further conduct
of the action, and Order 25, Rules 2 to 7, shall, with the
omission of so much of Rule 7(1) as requires parties to
serve a notice specifying the orders and directions which
they require and with any other necessary modifications,
apply as if the application under Rule 1 of this Order or
Rule 5 thereof, as the case may be, on which the order was
made were a summons for directions.

(2) In particular, and if the parties consent, the Court
may direct that the claim in question and any other claim
in the action be tried by a Master under the provisions
of these Rules relating to the trial of causes or matters
or questions or issues by Masters.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302026>
<idno type=num>
302026
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302027>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 153
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.5.2 + 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; retsafgorelsens form;
             sagsomkostninger; processtraffe
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, dismissing an application for summary judgment,
unconditional leave to defend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Costs (O.14, r.7).

7. - (1) If the plaintiff makes an application under Rule
1 where the case is not within this Order or if it appears
to the Court that the plaintiff knew that the defendant
relied on a contention which would entitle him to
unconditional leave to defend, then, without prejudice to
Order 62, and, in particular, to Rule 4 (1) thereof, the
Court may dismiss the application with costs and may, if
the plaintiff is not an assisted person, require the
costs to be paid by him forthwith.

(2) The Court shall have the same power to dismiss an
application under Rule 5 as it has under paragraph (1) to
dismiss an application under Rule 1, and that paragraph
shall apply accordingly with the necessary modifications.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302027>
<idno type=num>
302027
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302028>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 156
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.2 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; proceskravet;
             retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summary judgment, obtaining judgment against defendant,
claim and counterclaim, residue of claim,
remainder of claim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Right to proceed with residue of action or counterclaim
(O.14, r.8).

8. - (1) Where on an application under Rule 1 the plaintiff
obtains judgment on a claim or a part of a claim against
any defendant, he may proceed with the action as respects
any other claim or as respects the remainder of the claim
or against any other defendant.

(2) Where on an application under Rule 5 a defendant obtains
judgment on a claim or part of a claim made in a
counterclaim against the plaintiff, he may proceed with
the counterclaim as respects any other claim or as
respects the remainder of the claim or against any other
defendant to the counterclaim.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302028>
<idno type=num>
302028
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302029>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 159
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 14, rule 11
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.2 + 3.2.5.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; udeblivelse (og anden passivitet)
             retsafgorelsens indhold
</s>
<s type=keywords>
judgment against absent party, setting aside judgment,
hearing of application for summary judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Setting aside judgment (O.14, r.11).

11. Any judgment given against a party who does not
appear at the hearing of an application under rule 1
or rule 5 may be set aside or varied by the Court on
such terms as it thinks just.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302029>
<idno type=num>
302029
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302030>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 397
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 15, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2.1
2. Emne: DA: objektiv kumulation
</s>
<s type=keywords>
joinder of causes of action
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Order 15

Causes of Action, Counterclaims and Parties.

Joinder of causes of action.

1. - (1) Subject to rule 5 (1), a plaintiff may in one
action claim relief against the same defendant in respect
of more than one cause of action -

(a) if the plaintiff claims, and the defendant is
alleged to be liable, in the same capacity in respect
of all the causes of action, or

(b) if the plaintiff claims or the defendant is alleged
to be liable in the capacity of executor or administrator
of an estate in respect of one or more of the causes of
action and in his personal capacity but with reference to
the same estate in respect of all the others, or

(c) with the leave of the court.

(2) An application for leave under this rule must be
made ex parte by affidavit before the issue of the writ
or originating summons, as the case may be, and the
affidavit must state the grounds of the application.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302030>
<idno type=num>
302030
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.221)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(objektiv kumulation) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302031>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 398
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 15, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet
</s>
<s type=keywords>
counterclaim against plaintiff, counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Counterclaim against plaintiff.

2. - (1) Subject to rule 5 (2) , a defendant in any action
who alleges that he has any claim  or is entitled to any
relief or remedy against a plaintiff in the action in
respect of any matter (whenever and however arising) may,
instead of bringing a separate action, make a counterclaim
in respect of that matter; and where he does so he must
add the counterclaim to his defence.

(2) Rule 1 shall apply in relation to a counterclaim
as if the counterclaim were a separate action and as if
the person making the counterclaim were the plaintiff and
the person against whom it is made a defendant.

(3) A counterclaim may be proceeded with notwithstanding
that judgment is given for the plaintiff in the action
or that the action is stayed, discontinued or dismissed.

(4) Where a defendant establishes a counterclaim against
the claim of the plaintiff and there is a balance in favour
of one of the parties, the court may give judgment for
the balance, so, however, that this provision shall not be
taken as affecting the court's discretion with respect to
costs.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302031>
<idno type=num>
302031
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302032>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 166
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 15, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 2.1.2
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; subjektiv kumulation
</s>
<s type=keywords>
counterclaim, counterclaim against additional parties
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Counterclaim agaisnt additional parties (O.15, r.13).

15/3  3. - (1) Where a defendant to an action who makes
a counterclaim against the plaintiff alleges that any
other person (whether or not a party to the action) is
liable to him along with the plaintiff in respect of the
subject-matter of the counterclaim, or claims against such
other person any relief relating to or connected with the
original subject-matter of the action, then, subject to
rule 5 (2) he may join that other person as a party against
whom the counterclaim is made.

(2) Where a defendant joins a person as a party against
whom he makes a counterclaim, he must add that person's
name to the title of the action and serve on him a copy
of the counterclaim, and, in the case of a person who
is not already a party to the action, a form of
acknowledgment of service in Form No.14 in Appendix A
with such modification as the circumstances may require;
and a person on whom a copy of a counterclaim is served
under this paragraph shall, if he is not already a party
to the action, become a party to it as from the time of
service with the same rights in respect of his defence to
the counterclaim and otherwise as if he had been duly sued
in the ordinary way by the party making the counterclaim.

(3) A defendant sho is required by paragraph (2) to serve
a copy of the counterclaim made by him on any person who
before service is already a party to the action must do so
within the period within which, by virtue of Order 18,
rule 2, he must serve on the plaintiff the defence to
which the counterclaim is added.

(4) The appropriate office for acknowledging service of
a counterclaim by a person who is not already a party
to the action is the central office, except that, where
the action is proceeding in the Chancery Division or a
district registry, or is an Admiralty action which is not
proceeding in a district registry, the appropriate office
is Chancery Chambers, the district registry in question
or the Admiralty Registry, as the case may be.

(5) Where by virtue of paragraph (2) a copy of a counterclaim
is required to be served on a person who is not already a
party to the action, the following provisions of these rules,
namely, Order 10, Order 11, Orders 12 and 13 and Order 75,
rule 4, shall, subject to the last foregoing paragraph,
apply in relation to the counterclaim and the proceedings
arising from it as if -

(a) the counterclaim were a writ and the proceedings
arising from it an action; and

(b) the party making the counterclaim were a plaintiff and
the party against whom it is made a defendant in that
action.

(6) A copy of a counterclaim required to be served on a
person who is not already a party to the action must be
indorsed with a notice, in Form No.17 in Appendix A,
addressed to that person.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302032>
<idno type=num>
302032
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302033>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 398
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 15, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1.2
2. Emne: DA: subjektiv kumulation
</s>
<s type=keywords>
joinder parties
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Joinder of parties.

4. - (1) Subject to rule 5 (1), two or more persons may
be joined together in one action as plaintiffs or as
defendants with the leave of the court or where -

(a) if separate actions were brought  by or against each
of them, as the case may be, some common question of
law or fact would arise in all the actions, and

(b) all rights to relief claimed in the action (whether
they are joint, several or alternative) are in respect
of or arise out of the same transaction or series of
transactions.

(2) Where the plaintiff in any action claims any relief
to which any other person is entitled jointly with him,
all persons so entitled must, subject to the provisions
of any Act and unless the court gives leave to the
contrary, be parties to the action and any of them who
does not consent to being joined as a plaintiff must,
subject to any order made by the court on an application
for leave under this paragraph, be made a defendant.

This paragraph shall not apply to a probate action.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302033>
<idno type=num>
302033
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.212)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(subjektiv kumulation) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302034>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 399
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 15, Rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2.2
2. Emne: DA: adskillelse af krav
</s>
<s type=keywords>
separate trials, counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Court may order separate trials, etc.

5. - (1) If claims in respect of two or more causes of
action are included by a plaintiff in the same action
or by a defendant in a counterclaim, or if two or more
plaintiffs or defendants are parties to the same action,
and it appears to the court that the joinder of causes
of action or of parties, as the case may be, may
embarrass or delay the trial or is otherwise inconvenient,
the court may order separate trials or make such other
order as may be expedient.

(2) If it appears on the application of any party against
whom a counterclaim is made that the subject-matter of
the counterclaim ought for any reason to be disposed of
by a separate action, the court may order the counterclaim
to be struck out or may order it to be tried separately
or make such other order as may be expedient.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302034>
<idno type=num>
302034
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.222)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(adskillelse af krav) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302035>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 401
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 16, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1.2
2. Emne: DA: subjektiv kumulation
</s>
<s type=keywords>
third party proceedings, third party notice
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Third Party and Similar Proceedings.

Third party notice.

1. - (1) Where in any action a defendant who has given
notice of intention to defend

(a) claims against a person not already a party to the
action any contribution or indemnity; or

(b) claims against such a person any relief or remedy
relating to or connected with the original subject-matter
of the action and substantially the same as some relief
or remedy claimed by the plaintiff; or

(c) requires that any question or issue relating to or
connected with the original subject-matter of the action
should be determined not only as between the plaintiff and
the defendant but also as between either or both or them
and a person not already a party to the action;

then, subject to paragraph (2), the defendant may issue a
notice in Form No. 20 or 21 in Appendix A, whichever is
appropriate (in this Order referred to as a third party
notice), containing a statement of the nature of the
claim made against him and, as the case may be, either
of the nature and grounds of the claim made by him or
of the question or issue required to be determined.

(2) A defendant to an action may not issue a third party
notice without the leave of the court unless the action
was begun by writ and he issues the notice before serving
his defence on the plaintiff.

(3) Where a third party notice is served on the person
against whom it is issued, he shall as from the time of
service be a party to the action (in this Order referred
to as a third party) with the same rights in respect of
his defence against any claim made against him in the
notice and otherwise as if he had been duly sued in the
ordinary way by the defendant by whom the notice is
issued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302035>
<idno type=num>
302035
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.212)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(subjektiv kumulation) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302036>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 402
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Oder 16, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1.2
2. Emne: DA: subjektiv kumulation
</s>
<s type=keywords>
third party notice, third party proceedings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application for leave to issue third party notice.

2. - (1) Application for leave to issue a third party
notice may be made ex parte but the court may direct a
summons for leave to be issued.

(2) An application for leave to issue a third party
notice must be supported by an affidavit stating -

(a) the nature of the claim made by the plaintiff in the
action;

(b) the stage which proceedings in the action have
reached;

(c) the nature of the claim made by the applicant or
particulars of the question or issue required to be
determined, as the case may be, and the facts on which
the proposed third party notice is based; and

(d) the name and address of the person against whom the
third party notice is to be issued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302036>
<idno type=num>
302036
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.212)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(subjektiv kumulation) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302037>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 255-256
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of statement of claim,
notice of intention to defend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Service of statement of claim (O.18, r.1).

1. Unless the Court gives leave to the contrary or a
statement of claim is indorsed on the writ, the plaintiff
must serve a statement of claim on the defendant or,
if there are two or more defendants, on each defendant,
and must do so either when the writ is served on that
defendant or at any time after service of the writ but
before the expiration of 14 days after that defendant
gives notice of intention to defend.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302037>
<idno type=num>
302037
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302038>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 256-257
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             retsafgorelsens virkninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of defence, notice of intention to defend,
service of summons on defendant, leave to defend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Service of defence (O.18, r.2).

2. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2) a defendant who gives
notice of intention to defend an action must, unless the
Court gives leave to the contrary, serve a defence on
the plaintiff before the expiration of 14 days after the
time limited for acknowledging service of the writ or
after the statement of claim is served on him, whichever
is the later.

(2) If a summons under Order 14, rule 1, or under Order
86, rule 1, is served on a defendant before he serves his
defence, paragraph (1) shall not have effect in relation
to him unless by the order made on the summons he is
given leave to defend the action and, in that case, shall
have effect as if it required him to serve his defence
within 14 days after the making of the order or within
such other period as may be specified therein.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302038>
<idno type=num>
302038
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302039>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 258
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
Uddrag of kommantar til RSC, Order 18, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 2.1.2
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             subjektiv kumulation; adcitation; intervention;
             procesunderretning (litis denuntiatio);
             nodvendigt procesfallesskab (litis consortium);
             succession
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of defence on several defendants,
severing defences
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Severing defences - If there are several defendants and
their interests are not identical, if, for instance, one
has a special defence peculiar to himself, they should
sever (i.e. they should serve separate defences). If
they do not serve separate defences, they cannot be
represented by different counsel at the trial; though
if they serve different defences, they may nevertheless
appear by the same counsel at the trial. Only that
defendant who serves a separate defence is liable for
any special or extra costs occasioned thereby unless the
other adopts his defence with its consequences.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302039>
<idno type=num>
302039
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302040>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 258
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of reply, service of defence to counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Service of reply and defence to counterclaim (O.18, r.3).

3. - (1) A plaintiff on whom a defendant aserves a defence
must serve a reply on that defendant if it is needed for
compliance with Rule 8; and if no reply is served, Rule
14 (1) will apply.

(2) A plaintiff on whom a defendant serves a counterclaim
must, if he intends to defend it, serve on that defendant
a defence to counterclaim.

(3) Where a plaintiff serves both a reply and a defence to
counterclaim on any defendant, he must include them in the
same document.

(4) A reply to any defence must be served by the plaintiff
before the expiration of 14 days after the service on him
of that defence, and a defence to counterclaim must be
served by the plaintiff before the expiration of 14 days
after the service on him of the counterclaim to which
it relates.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302040>
<idno type=num>
302040
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302041>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 258
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
Uddrag af kommentar til RSC, Order 18, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings served by plaintiff, reply,
defence to counterclaim,
reply and defence to counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Unlike the former rules, this rule distinguishes
sharply  between a "reply" and a "defence to counterclaim,"
and at the same time it defines the circumstances in
which a reply is necessary. Both are pleadings which
it is for the plaintiff to serve, the reply in answer to
the defence, and the defence to counterclaim in answer
to the counterclaim. If, as is more often the case, the
plaintiff desires to answer both the defence and the
counterclaim, he must serve only one document incorporating
both the reply and the defence to the counterclaim
(para. (3)). The practice is to entitle the whole
pleading, "reply and defence to counterclaim," but to
divide it into two sections, the first headed "reply"
and the second headed "defence to counterclaim," but
with a continuous numbering of the paragraphs in both
sections.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302041>
<idno type=num>
302041
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302042>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 259
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, service of pleadings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Pleadings subsequent to reply (O.18, r.4).

4. No pleading subsequent to a reply or a defence to
counterclaim shall be served except with the leave of
the Court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302042>
<idno type=num>
302042
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302043>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 260
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleading, formal requirements of pleadings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Pleadings: formal requirements (O.18, r.6).

6. - (1) Every pleading in an action must bear on its
face -

(a) the year in which the writ in the action was issued
and the letter and number of the action,

(b) the title of the action,

(c) the division of the High Court to which the action
is assigned and the name of the judge (if any) to whom
it is assigned,

(d) the description of the pleading, and

(e) the date on which it was served.

(2) Every pleading must, if necessary, be divided into
paragraphs numbered consecutively, each allegation being
so far as convenient contained in a separate paragraph.

(3) Dates, sums and other numbers must be expressed in
a pleading in figures and not in words.

(4) Every pleading of a party must be indorsed -

(a) where the party sues or defends in person, with his
name and address;

(b) in any other case, with the name or firm and business
address of the solicitor by whom it was served and also
(if the solicitor is the agent of another) the name or
firm and business address of his principal.

(5) Every pleading of a party must be signed by counsel,
if settled by him, and, if not, by the party's solicitor
or by the party, if he sues or defends in person.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302043>
<idno type=num>
302043
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302044>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 261
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
             bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, what facts to plead, burden of disproving facts
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Facts, not evidence, to be pleaded (O.18, r.7).

7. - (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule, and
rules 7A, 10, 11 and 12, every pleading must contain, and
contain only, a statement in a summary form of the
material facts on which the party pleading relies for
his claim or defence, as the case may be, but not the
evidence by which those facts are to be proved, and
the statement must be as brief as the nature of the
case admits.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1) the effect of any
document or the purport of any conversation referred to
in the pleading must, if material, be briefly stated,
and the precise words of the document or conversation
shall not be stated, except in so far as those words
are themselves material.

(3) A party need not plead may fact if it is presumed
by law to be true or the burden of disproving it lies
on the other party, unless the other party has specifically
denied it in his pleading.

(4) A statement that a thing has been done or that an
event has occurred, being a thing or event the doing or
occurrence of which, as the case may be, constitutes a
condition precedent necessary for the case of a party
is to be implied in his pleading.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302044>
<idno type=num>
302044
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302045>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 265-266
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 7A
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
             bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, adducing evidence,
denial or allegation of conviction
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Conviction, etc. to be adduced in evidence: matters to
be pleaded (O.18, r.7A).

7A. - (1) If any action which is to be tried with pleadings
any party intends, in reliance on section 11 of the Civil
Evidence Act 1968 (convictions as evidence in civil
proceedings) to adduce evidence that a person was convicted
of an offence by or before a court in the United Kingdom
or by a court-martial there or elsewhere, he must include
in his pleading a statement of his intention with
particulars of -

(a) the conviction and the date thereof,

(b) the court or court-martial which made the conviction,
and

(c) the issue in the proceedings to which the conviction
is relevant.

(2) If in any action which is to be tried with pleadings
any party intends, in reliance on section 12 of the said
Act of 1968 (findings of adultery and paternity as
evidence in civil proceedings) to adduce evidence
that a person was found guilty of adultery in matrimonial
proceedings or was adjudged to be the father of a child
in affiliation proceedings before a court in the United
Kingdom, he must include in his pleading a statement of
his intention with particulars of -

(a) the finding or adjudication and the date thereof,

(b) the court which made the finding or adjudication
and the proceedings in which it was made, and

(c) the issue in the proceedings to which the finding
or adjudication is relevant.

(3) Where a party's pleading includes such a statement
as is mentioned in paragraph (1) or (2) then if the
opposite party -

(a) denies the conviction, finding of adultery or
adjudication of parternity to which the statement relates,
or

(b) alleges that the conviction, finding or adjudication
was erroneous, or

(c) denies that the conviction, finding or adjudication
is relevant to any issue in the proceedings,

he must make the denial or allegation in his pleading.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302045>
<idno type=num>
302045
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302046>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 267
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
             bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, pleading grounds of defence on which to rely
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Matters which must be specifically pleaded (O.18, r.8).

8. - (1) A party must in any pleading subsequent to a
statement of claim plead specifically any matter, for
example, performance, release, any relevant statute of
limitation, fraud or any fact showing illegality -

(a) which he alleges makes any claim or defence of the
opposite party not maintainable; or

(b) which, if not specifically pleaded, might take the
opposite party by surprise; or

(c) which raises issues of fact not arising out of the
preceding pleading.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1) a defendant to an
action for the recovery of land must plead specifically
every ground of defence on which he relies, and a plea
that he is in possession of the land by himself or his
tenant is not sufficient.

(3) A claim for exemplary damages must be specifically
pleaded together with the facts on which the party
pleading relies.

(4) A party must plead specifically any claim for interest
under section 35A of the Act or otherwise.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302046>
<idno type=num>
302046
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302047>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 275
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, allegations of fact,
amending previous pleadings (departure)
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Departure (O.18, r.10).

10. - (1) A party shall not in any pleading make an
allegation of fact, or raise any new ground or claim,
inconsistent with a previous pleading of his.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not be taken as prejudicing the
right of a party to amend, or apply for leave to amend,
his previous pleading so as to plead the allegations or
claims in the alternative.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302047>
<idno type=num>
302047
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302048>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 278-279
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 12
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.5.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
             retsafgorelsens indhold
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings, particulars of claim,
a party pleading order to serve particulars
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Particulars of pleading (O.18, r.12).

12. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2) every pleading must
contain the necessary particulars of any claim, defence
or other matter pleaded including, without prejudice to
the generality of the foregoing words -

(a) particulars of any misrepresentation, fraud, breach
of trust, wilful default or undue influence on which the
party pleading relies; and

(b) where a party pleading alleges any condition of the
mind of any person, whether any disorder or disability of
mind or any malice, fraudulent intention or other condition
of mind except knowledge, particulars of the facts on
which the party relies.

(2) Where it is necessary to give particulars of debt,
expenses or damages and those particulars exceed 3 folios,
they must be set out in a separate document referred to
in the pleading and the pleading must state whether the
document has already been served and, if so, when, or
is to be served with the pleading.

(3) The Court may order a party to serve on any other party
particulars of any claim, defence of other matter stated
in his pleading, or in any affidavit of his ordered to
stand as a pleading, or a statement of the nature of the
case on which he relies, and the order may be made on such
terms as the Court thinks just.

(4) Where a party alleges as a fact that a person had
knowledge or notice of some fact, matter or thing, then,
without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (3)
the Court may, on such terms as it thinks just, order
that party to serve on any other party -

(a) where he alleges knowledge, particulars of the facts
on which he relies, and

(b) where he alleges notice, particulars of the notice.

(5) An order under this rule shall not be made before
service of the defence unless, in the opinion of the
Court, the order is necessary or desirable to enable
the defendant to plead or for some other special reason.

(6) Where the applicant for an order under this rule
did not apply by letter for the particulars he requires,
the Court may refuse to make the order unless of opinion
that there were sufficient reasons for an application by
letter not having been made.

(7) Where particulars are given pursuant to a request,
or order of the Court, the request or order shall be
incorporated with the particulars, each item of the
particulars following immediately after the corresponding
item of the request or order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302048>
<idno type=num>
302048
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302049>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 294-295
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 13
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pleadings,
allegations of fact deemed to be admitted by the opposite party,
joinder of issue, traversing alleged facts,
statement of non-admission, denial,
traverse made expressly, traverse by necessary implication
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Admissions and denials (O.18, r.13).

13. - (1) Subject to paragraph (4) any allegation of
fact made by a party in his pleading is deemed to be
admitted by the opposite party unless it is traversed by
that party in his pleading or a joinder of issue under
Rule 14 operates as a denial of it.

(2) A traverse may be made either by a denial or by a
statement of non-admission and either expressly or by
necessary implication.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4) every allegation of fact
made in a statement of claim or counterclaim which the
party on whom it is served does not intend to admit must
be specifically traversed by him in his defence or
defence to counterclaim, as the case may be; and a general
denial of such allegations, or a general statement of
non-admission of them, is not a sufficient traverse of
them.

(4) Any allegation that a party has suffered damage and
any allegation as to the amount of damages is deemed to
be traversed unless specifically admitted.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302049>
<idno type=num>
302049
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302050>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 297
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 14
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
denial by joinder of issue, no reply to a defence,
implied joinder of issue, express joinder of issue
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Denial by joinder of issue (O.18, r.14).

14. - (1) If there is no reply to a defence, there is
an implied joinder of issue on that defence.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) -

(a) there is at the close of pleadings an implied
joinder of issue on the pleading last served, and

(b) a party may in his pleading expressly join issue
on the next preceding pleading.

(3) There can be no joinder of issue, implied or express,
on a statement of claim or counterclaim.

(4) A joinder of issue operates as a denial of every
material allegation of fact made in the pleading on which
there is an implied or express joinder of issue unless,
in the case of an express joinder of issue, any such
allegation is excepted from the joinder and is stated
to be admitted, in which case the express joinder of issue
operates as a denial of every other such allegation.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302050>
<idno type=num>
302050
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302051>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 298
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 15
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
statement of claim, claiming relief or remedy
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Statement of claim (O.18, r.15).

15. - (1) A statement of claim must state specifically
the relief or remedy whcih the plaintiff claims; but
costs need not be specifically claimed.

(2) A statement of claim must not contain any allegation
or claim in respect of a cause of action unless that
cause of action is mentioned in the writ or arises from
facts which are the same as, or include or form part of,
facts giving rise to a cause of action so mentioned; but,
subject to that, a plaintiff may in his statement of claim
alter, modify or extend any claim made by him in the
indorsement of the writ without amending the indorsement.

(3) Every statement of claim must bear on its face a
statement of the date on which the writ in the action was
issued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302051>
<idno type=num>
302051
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302052>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 300
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 17
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
defence of set-off, relying on a claim as a defence,
counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Defence of set-off (O.18, r.17).

17. Where a claim by a defendant to a sum of money
(whether of an ascertained amount or not) is relied on
as a defence to the whole or part of a claim made by
the plaintiff, it may be included in the defence and
set-off against the plaintiff's claim, whether or not
it is also added as a counterclaim.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302052>
<idno type=num>
302052
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302053>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 302
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 18
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
counterclaim, defence to counterclaim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Counterclaim and defence to counterclaim (O.18, r.18).

18. Without prejudice to the general application of this
Order to a counterclaim and a defence to counterclaim,
or to any provision thereof which applies to either of
those pleadings specifically -

(a) Rule 15 (1) shall apply to a counterclaim as if the
counterclaim were a statement of claim and the defendant
making it a plaintiff;.

(b) Rules 8 (2), 16 and 17 shall, with the necessary
modifications apply to a defence to counterclaim as they
apply to a defence.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302053>
<idno type=num>
302053
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302054>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 303
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 19
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.4.1 + 3.2.5.3 + 3.2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger;
             bevis; retsafgorelsens indhold; afvisningsmangler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
striking out pleadings and indorsements,
amending pleadings and indorsements,
no reasonable cause of action, no reasonable defence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Striking out pleadings and indorsements (O.18, r.19).

19. - (1) The Court may at any stage of the proceedings
order to be struck out or amended any pleading or the
indorsement of any writ in the action, or anything in
any pleading or in the indorsement, on the ground that -

(a) it discloses no reasonable cause of action or defence,
as the case may be; or

(b) it is scandalous, frivolous or vexatious; or

(c) it may prejudice, embarrass or delay the fair trial
of the action; or

(d) it is otherwise an abuse of the process of the court;

and may order the action to be stayed or dismissed or
judgment to be entered accordingly, as the case may be.

(2) No evidence shall be admissible on an application
under paragraph (1) (a).

(3) This rule shall, so far as applicable, apply to an
originating summons and a petition as if the summons or
petition, as the case may be, were a pleading.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302054>
<idno type=num>
302054
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302055>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 317
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 20
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
close of pleadings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Close of pleadings (O.18, r.20).

20. - (1) The pleadings in an action are deemed to be
closed -

(a) at the expiration of 14 days after service of the reply
or, if there is no reply but only a defence to counterclaim,
after service of the defence to counterclaim, or

(b) if neither a reply nor a defence to counterclaim is
served, at the expiration of 14 days after service of
the defence.

(2) The pleadings in an action are deemed to be closed at
the time provided by paragraph (1) notwithstanding that
any request or order for particulars has been made but
has not been complied with at that time.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302055>
<idno type=num>
302055
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302056>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 317-318
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 18, rule 21
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3 + 3.2.5.4
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
             retsafgorelsens virkning
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application for order for trial without pleadings,
trial without further pleadings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Trial without pleadings (O.18, r.21).

21. - (1) Where in an action to which this Rule applies
any defendant has given notice of intention to defend
in the action, the plaintiff or that defendant may apply
to the Court by summons for an order that the action shall
be tried without pleadings or further pleadings, as the
case may be.

(2) If, on the hearing of an application under this Rule,
the Court is satisfied that the issues in dispute between
the parties can be defined without pleadings or further
pleadings, or that for any other reason the action can
properly be tried without pleadings or further pleadings,
as the case may be, the Court shall order the action to
be so tried, and may direct the parties to prepare a
statement of the issues in dispute or, if the parties
are unable to agree such a statement, may settle the
statement itself.

(3) Where the Court makes an order under paragraph (2)
it shall, and where it dismisses an application for
such an order, it may, give such directions as to the
further conduct of the action as may be appropriate,
and Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission
of so much of rule 7 (1) as requires parties to serve
a notice specifying the orders and directions which
they desire and with any other necessary modifications,
apply as if the application under this Rule were a
summons for directions.

(4) This Rule applies to every action begun by writ
other than one which includes -

(a) a claim by the plaintiff for libel, slander,
malicious prosecution, false imprisonment, seduction
or breach of promise of marriage; or

(b) a claim by the plaintiff based on an allegation of
fraud.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302056>
<idno type=num>
302056
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302057>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 351
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 20, Rule 11
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.1.1
2. Emne: DA: retsboger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
amendment to judgment and orders
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Amendment of judgment and orders (O.20, r.11).

  11. Clerical mistakes in judgments or orders, or errors arising
therein from any accidental slip or omission, may at any time
be corrected by the Court on motion or summons without an
appeal.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302057>
<idno type=num>
302057
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.311)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsboger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302058>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 364 - 365
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 22, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 2.2.1 + 3.2.3
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; objektiv kumulation; retsforlig
</s>
<s type=keywords>
payment into court, payment out of court,
satisfaction of cause of action, notice of payment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Payment into court (O.22, r.1).
  1. - (1) In any action for a debt or damages any defendant
may at any time pay into Court a sum of money in satisfaction
of the cause of action in respect of which the plaintiff claims
or, where two or more causes of action are joined in the action,
a sum of sums of money in satisfaction of any or all of those
causes of action.
  (2) On making any payment into Court under this Rule, and on
increasing any such payment already made, the defendant must
give notice thereof in Form No.23 in Appendix A to the plaintiff
and every other defendant (if any); and within three days after
receiving the notice the plaintiff must send the defendant a
written acknowledgment of its receipt.
  (3) A defendant may, without leave, give notice of an increase
in a payment made under this Rule but, subject to that and
without prejudice to paragraph (5) a notice of payment may not
be withdrawn or amended without the leave of the Court which
may be granted on such terms as may be just.
  (4) Where two or more causes of action are joined in the
action and money is paid into Court under this Rule in
respect of all, or some only of, those causes of action, the
notice of payment -
   (a) must state that the money is paid in respect of all those
       causes of action or, as the case may be, must specify
       the cause or causes of action in respect of which the
       payment is made, and
   (b) where the defendant makes separate payments in respect of
       each, or any two or more, of those causes of action, must
       specify the sum paid in respect of that cause or, as the
       case may be, those causes of action.
   (5) Where a single sum of money is paid into Court under this
Rule in respect of two or more causes of action, then, if it
appears to the Court that the plaintiff
is embarrassed by the payment, the Court may, subject
to paragraph (6) order the defendant to amend the notice of
payment so as to specify the sum paid in respect of each cause
of action.
   (6) Where a cause of action under the Fatal Accidents Act
1976 and a cause of action under the Law Reform (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act, 1934 are joined in an action, with or without
any other cause of action, the causes of action under the said Acts
shall, for the purpose of paragraph (5) be treated as one cause
of action.
   (7) Where -    (a) an action proceeding in a district registry is being
       tried at a town within the district of another district
       registry or at the Royal Courts of Justice, or
   (b) an action proceeding in the Royal Courts of Justice is
       being tried at a town within the district of a district
       registry,
any payment into court under this rule made after the trial or
hearing has begun may, if the defendant so desires, be made at
the district registry within the district of which the town is
situated or, if the action is being tried at the Royal Courts of
Justice, in the same manner as if the action were proceeding
there.
   (8) For the purposes of this rule, the plaintiff's cause of
action in respect of a debt or damages shall be construed as a
cause of action in respect, also, of such interest as might be
included in the judgment, whether under section 35A of the Act
or otherwise, if judgment were given at the date of the payment
into Court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302058>
<idno type=num>
302058
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302059>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 371 - 372
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 22, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 2.2.1 + 3.2.3
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; objektiv kumulation; retsforlig
</s>
<s type=keywords>
money paid into court, notice of payment,
satisfaction of cause of action, counterclaim,
acceptance of money paid into court
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Acceptance of money paid into Court (O.22, r.3).
  3. - (1) Where money is paid into Court under Rule 1, then
subject to paragraph (2) within 21 days after receipt of the
notice of payment or, where more than one payment has been made
or the notice of the last payment or the amended notice but, in
any case, before the trial or hearing of the action begins,
the plaintiff may -
   (a) where the money was paid in respect of the cause of action
       or all the causes of action in respect of which he claims,
       accept the money in satisfaction of that cause of action
       or those causes of action, as the case may be, or
   (b) where the money was paid in respect of some only of the
       causes of action in respect of which he claims, accept in
       satisfaction of any such cause or causes of action the sum
       specified in respect of that cause or those causes of
       action in the notice of payment,
by giving notice in Form No.24 in Appendix A to every defendant
to the action.
   (2) Where after the trial or hearing of an action has begun -    (a) money is
paid into court under rule 1, or
   (b) money in court is increased by a further payment into court
       under that rule,
the plaintiff may accept the money in accordance with paragraph (1)
within 2 days after receipt of the notice of payment or notice of
the further payment, as the case may be, but, in any case, before
the judge begins to deliver judgment or, if the trial is with a
jury, before the judge begins his summing up.
   (3) Rule 1(5) shall not apply in relation to money paid into
court in an action after the trial or hearing of the action has
begun.
   (4) On the plaintiff accepting any money paid into court all
further proceedings in the action or in respect of the specified
cause or causes of action, as the case may be, to which the
acceptance relates, both against the defendant making the
payment and against any other defendant sued jointly with or in
the alternative to him shall be stayed.
  (5) Where money is paid into court by a defendant who made a
counterclaim and the notice of payment stated, in relation to
any sum so paid, that in making the payment the defendant had
taken into account and satisfied the cause or causes of action,
or the specified cause or causes of action in respect of which
he claimed, then, on the plaintiff accepting that sum, all further
proceedings on the counterclaim or in respect of the specified
cause or causes of action, as the case may be, against the
plaintiff shall be stayed.
   (6) A plaintiff who has accepted any sum paid into court
shall, subject to rules 4 and 10 and Order 80, rule 12, be
entitled to receive payment of that sum in satisfaction of the
cause or causes of action  to which the acceptance relates.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302059>
<idno type=num>
302059
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302060>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 374 - 375
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 22, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 3.2.3
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; retsforlig
</s>
<s type=keywords>
acceptance of money paid into court, defence of tender
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Order for payment out of money accepted required in certain
cases (O.22, r.4).
  4. - (1) Where a plaintiff accepts any sum paid into Court and
that sum was paid into Court -
   (a) by some but not all of the defendants sued jointly or in
       the alternative by him, or
   (b) with a defence of tender before action, or
   (c) in an action to which Order 80, Rule 13, applies , or
   (d) in satisfaction either of causes of action arising under        the Fatal
Accidents Act 1976 and the Law Reform (Miscellaneous
       Provisions) Act 1934, or of a cause of action arising
       under the first mentioned Act where more than one person
       is entitled to the money,
the money in Court shall not be paid out except under paragraph (2)
or in pursuance of an order of the Court, and the order shall deal
with the whole costs of the action or of the cause of action to
which the payment relates, as the case may be.
   (2) Where an order of the Court is required under pragraph (1)
by reason only or paragraph (1)(a) then if, either before of after
accepting the money paid into Court by some only of the defendants
sued jointly or in the alternative by him, the plaintiff
discontinues the action against all other defendants and those
defendants consent in writing to the payment out of that sum, it
may be paid out without an order of the Court.
   (3) Where after the trial or hearing of an action has begun
a plaintiff accepts any money paid into court and all further
proceedings in the action or in respect of the specified cause
or causes of action, as the case may be, to which the acceptance
relates are stayed by virtue of rule 3(4) then, notwithstanding
anything in paragraph (2) the money shall not be paid out except
in pursuance of an order of the Court, and the order shall deal
with the whole costs of the action.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302060>
<idno type=num>
302060
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302061>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 376
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 22, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 3.2.3
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; retsforlig
</s>
<s type=keywords>
money remaining in court
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Money remaining in court (O.22, r.5).
  5. If any money paid into court in an action is not accepted
in accordance with Rule 3, the money remaining in court shall
not be paid out except in pursuance of an order of the Court
which may be made at any time before, at or after the trial or
hearing of the action; and where such an order is made before
the trial or hearing the money shall not be paid out except in
satisfaction of the cause or causes of action in  respect of
which it was paid in.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302061>
<idno type=num>
302061
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302062>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 378
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 22, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2 + 3.2.3
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet; retsforlig
</s>
<s type=keywords>
non-disclosure of payment into court,
defence of tender before action
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-disclosure of payment into court (O.22, r.7).
   7. Except in an action to which a defence of tender before
action is pleaded, and except in an action all further proceedings
in which are stayed by virtue of rule 3(4) after the trial or
hearing has begun, the fact that money has been paid into court
under the foregoing provisions of this Order shall not be pleaded
and no communication of that fact shall be made to the Court at
the trial or hearing of the action or counterclaim or of any
question or issue as to the debt or damages until all questions
of liability and of the amount of debt or damages have been
decided.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302062>
<idno type=num>
302062
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302063>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 380
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC Order 22, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.2
2. Emne: DA: proceskravet
</s>
<s type=keywords>
money paid into court under order
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Money paid into court under order (O.22, r.8).
  8. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2), money paid into court under
an order of the Court or a certificate of a master or associate
shall not be paid out except in pursuance of an order of the
Court.
   (2) Unless the Court otherwise orders, a party who has paid
money into court in pursuance of an order made under Order 14 -
  (a) may by notice to the other party appropriate the whole or
      any part of the money and any additional payment, if
      necessary, to any particular claim made in the writ or
      counterclaim, as the case may be, and specified in the
      notice, or
  (b) if he pleads a tender, may by his pleading appropriate
      the whole or any part of the money as payment into court
      of the money alleged to have been tendered;
and money appropriated in accordance with this rule shall be
deemed to be money paid into court in accordance with rule 1
or money paid into court with a plea of tender, as the case may be,
and this Order shall apply accordingly.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302063>
<idno type=num>
302063
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.22)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(proceskravet) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302064>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 417
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 24, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
mutual discovery of documents, discovery of documents
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
            Discovery and Inspection of Documents.

Mutual discovery of documents.
  1. - (1) After the close of pleadings in an action begun by
writ there shall, subject to and in accordance with the provisions
of this Order be discovery by the parties to the action of the
documents which are or have been in their possession, custody
or power relating to matters in question in the action.
  (2) Nothing in this Order shall be taken as preventing the
parties to an action agreeing to dispense with or limit the
discovery of documents which they would otherwise be required
to make to each other.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302064>
<idno type=num>
302064
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302065>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 417 - 418
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 24, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
discovery by parties without order, discovery of documents
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Discovery by parties without order.
  2.- (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule and of rule 4,
the parties to an action between whom pleadings are closed must
make discovery by exchanging lists of documents and, accordingly,
each party must, within 14 days after the pleadings in the action
are deemed to be closed as between him and any other party, make
and serve on that other party a list of the documents which are or
have been in his possession, custody or power relating to any
matter in question between them in the action.
  Without prejudice to any directions given by the court under
Order 16, rule 4, this paragraph shall not apply in third party
proceedings, including proceedings under that Order involving
fourth or subsequent parties.
  (2) Unless the court otherwise orders, a defendant to an
action arising out of an accident on land due to a collision or
apprehended collision involving a vehicle shall not make discovery
of any documents to the plaintiff under paragraph (1).
  (3) Paragraph (1) shall not be taken as requiring a defendant to
an action for the recovery of any penalty recoverable by virtue
of any enactment to make discovery of any documents.
  (4) Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to a
counterclaim as they apply in relation to an action but with the
substitution, for the reference in paragraph (2) to the plaintiff,
of a reference to the party making the counterclaim.
  (5) On the application of any party required by this rule to
make discovery of documents, the court may -
  (a) order that the parties to the action or any of them shall
      make discovery under paragraph (1) of such documents or
      classes of documents only, or as to such only of the
      matters in question, as may be specified in the order, or
  (b) if satisfied that discovery by all or any of the parties
      is not necessary, or not necessary at that stage of the
      action, order that there shall be no discovery of documents
      by any or all of the parties either at all or at that stage;
and the court shall make such an order if and so far as it is
of opinion that discovery is not necessary either for disposing
fairly of the action or for saving costs.
  (6) An application for an order under paragraph (5) must be by
summons, and the summons must be taken out before the expiration
of the period within which by virtue of this rule discovery of
documents in the action is required to be made.
  (7) Any party to whom discovery of documents is required to
be made under this rule may, at any time before the summons for
directions in the action is taken out, serve on the party
required to make such discovery a notice requiring him to make
an affidavit verifying the list he is required to make under
paragraph (1), and the party on whom such a notice is served must,
within 14 days after service of the notice, make and file an
affidavit in compliance with the notice and serve a copy of the
affidavit on the party by whom the notice was served.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302065>
<idno type=num>
302065
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302066>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 418 - 419
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 24, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
order for discovery, discovery of documents
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Order for discovery.

  3. - (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule and of rules
4 and 8, the court may order any party to a cause or matter (whether
begun by writ, originating summons or otherwise) to make and
serve on any other party a list of the documents which are or have
been in his possession, custody or power relating to any matter
in question in the cause or matter, and may at the same time or
subsequently also order him to make and file an affidavit
verifying such a list and to serve a copy thereof on the other
party.
  (2) Where a party who is required by rule 2 to make discovery
of documents fails to comply with any provision of that rule,
the court, on the application of any party to whom the discovery
was required to be made, may make an order against the
first-mentioned party under paragraph (1) of this rule or, as the
case may be, may order him to make and file an affidavit verifying
the list of documents he is required to make under rule 2 and
to serve a copy thereof on the applicant.
  (3) An order under this rule may be limited to such documents
or classes of document only, or to such only of the matters in
question in the cause or matter, as may be specified in the
order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302066>
<idno type=num>
302066
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302067>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 423-424
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 25, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summons for directions
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
                     Summons for Directions.

  1. - (1) With a view to providing in every action to which
this rule applies, an occasion for the consideration by the court
of the preparations for the trial of the action, so that -
  (a) all matters which must or can be dealt with on interlocutory
      applications and have not already been dealt with may so
      far as possible be dealt with, and
  (b) such directions may be given as to the future course of
      the action as appear best adapted to secure the just,
      expeditious and economical disposal thererof,
the plaintiff must, within one month after the pleadings in the
action are deemed to be closed, take out a summons (in these
rules referred to as a summons for directions) returnable in
not less than 14 days.
   (2) This rule applies to all actions begun by writ except -
   (a) actions in which the plaintiff or defendant has applied
       for judgment under Order 14, or in which the plaintiff has
       applied for judgment under Order 86, and directions have
       been given under the relevant Order;
   (b) actions in which the plaintiff or defendant has applied
       under Order 18, rule 21, for trial without pleadings or
       further pleadings and directions have been given under that
       rule;
   (c) actions in which an order has been made under Order 24,
       rule 4, for the trial of an issue or question before
       discovery;
   (d) actions in which directions have been given under Order 29
       rule 7;
   (e) actions in which an order for the taking of an account has
       been made under Order 43, rule 1;
   (f) actions in which an application for transfer to the
       commercial list is pending;
   (g) actions which have been referred for trial to an official
       referee;
   (h) actions for the infringement of a patent;
   (i) actions ordered to be tried as Admiralty short causes; and
   (j) actions for personal injuries for which automatic directions
       are provided by rule 8.
   (3) Where, in the case of any action in which discovery of
documents is required to be made by any party under Order 24,
rule 2, the period of 14 days referred to in paragraph (1) of
that rule is extended, whether by consent or by order of the
Court or both by consent and by order, paragraph (1) of this
rule shall have effect in relation to that action as if for the
reference therein to one month after the pleadings in the action
are deemed to be closed there were substituted a reference to 14
days after the expiration of the period referred to in paragraph
(1) of the said rule 2 as so extended.
   (4) If the plaintiff does not take out a summons for direction
in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this rule, the
defendant or any defendant may do so or apply for an order to
dismiss the action.
   (5) On an application by a defendant to dismiss the action
under paragraph (4) the court may either dismiss the action on
such terms as may be just or deal with the application as if it
were a summons for directions.
   (6) In the case of an action which is proceeding only as respects
a counterclaim, references in this rule to the plaintiff and
defendant shall be construed respectively as references to the
party making the counterclaim and the defendant to the
counterclaim.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302067>
<idno type=num>
302067
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302068>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 425 - 426
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 25, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
summons for directions, hearing of summons for directions
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Admissions and agreements to be made.
   4. At the hearing of the summons for directions, the court
shall endeavour to secure that the parties make all admissions
and all agreements as to the conduct of the proceedings which
ought reasonably to be made by them and may cause the order on
the summons to record any admissions or agreements so made, and
(with a view to such special order, if any, as to costs as may
be just being made at the trial) any refusal to make any admission
or agreement.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302068>
<idno type=num>
302068
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302071>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 444
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 27, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; parterne
</s>
<s type=keywords>
admission, case of other party
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Admission of case of other party (O.27, r.1).

1. Without prejudice to Order 18, rule 13, a party to
a cause or matter may give notice, by his pleading or
orherwise in writing, that he admits the truth of the
whole or any part of the case of any other party.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302071>
<idno type=num>
302071
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302072>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 444
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 27, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; parterne
</s>
<s type=keywords>
notice to admit, admission
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Notice to admit (O.27, r.2).

2. - (1) A party to a cause or matter may not later
than 21 days after the cause or matter is set down for
trial serve on any other party a notice requiring him
to admit, for the purpose of that cause or matter only,
such facts or such part of his case as may be specified
in the notice.

(2) An admission made in compliance with a notice under
this rule shall not be used against the party by whom
it was made in any cause or matter other than the cause
or matter for the purpose of which it was made or in
favour of any person other than the person by whom the
notice was given, and the Court may at any time allow
a party to amend or withdraw an admission so made by him
on such terms as may be just.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302072>
<idno type=num>
302072
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302073>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 444
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 27, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.5
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; retsafgorelser
</s>
<s type=keywords>
judgment on admission
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Judgment on admissions (O.27, r.3).

3. Where admissions of fact or of part of a case are made
by a party to a cause or matter either by his pleadings
or otherwise, any other party to the cause or matter may
apply to the Court for such judgment or order as upon
those admissions he may be entitled to, without waiting
for the determination of any other question between the
parties and the Court may give such judgment or make
such order, on the application as it thinks just.

An application for an order under this rule may be made
by motions or summons.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302073>
<idno type=num>
302073
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302074>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 454
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 29, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelser
</s>
<s type=keywords>
injunction, application for injunction, grant of injunction
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application for injunction (O.29, r.1).

1. - (1) An application for the grant of an injunction
may be made by any party to a cause or matter before or
after the trial of the cause or matter, whether or not
a claim for the injunction was included in that party's
writ, originating summons, counterclaim or third party
notice, as the case may be.

(2) Where the applicant is the plaintiff and the case is
one of urgency such application may be made ex parte on
affidavit but, except as aforesaid, such application must
be made by motion or summons.

(3) The plaintiff may not make such an application before
the issue of the writ or originating summons by which
the cause or matter is to be begun except where the case
is one of urgency, and in that case the injunction
applied for may be granted on terms providing for the
issue of the writ or summons and such other terms, if
any, as the Court thinks fit.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302074>
<idno type=num>
302074
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.325)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelser) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302075>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 465
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 29, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelser
</s>
<s type=keywords>
detention of subject-matter, preservation of subject-matter,
detention of property, custody of property,
preservation of property
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Detention, preservation, etc., of subject-matter of cause
or matter (O.29, r.2).

2. - (1) On the application of any party to a cause or
matter the Court may make an order for the detention,
custody or preservation of any property which is the
subject-matter of the cause or matter, or as to which
any question may arise therein, or for the inspection
of any such property in the possession of a party to the
cause or matter.

(2) For the purpose of enabling any order under paragraph
(1) to be carried out the Court may by the order authorise
any person to enter upon any land or building in the
possession of any party to the cause or matter.

(3) Where the right of any party to a specific fund is
in dispute in a cause or matter, the Court may, on the
application of a party to the cause or matter, order the
fund to be paid into court or otherwise secured.

(4) An order under this rule may be made on such terms,
if any, as the Court thinks just.

(5) An application for an order under this rule must be
made by summons or by notice under Order 25, rule 7.

(6) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an application
by a defendant for such an order may not be made before
he acknowledges service of the writ or originating
summons by which the cause or matter was begun.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302075>
<idno type=num>
302075
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.325)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelser) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302076>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 34, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
setting down for trial, setting down of action
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
   Setting Down for Trial Action Begun by Writ.

Time for setting down action.

 2.- (1) Every order made in an action which provides for trial
before a judge shall, whether the trial is to be with or without
a jury and wherever the trial is to take place, fix a period
within which the plaintiff is to set down the action for trial.
  (2) Where the plaintiff does not, within the period fixed under
paragraph (1), set the action down for trial, the defendant may set
the action down for trial or may apply to the court to dismiss
the action for want of prosecution and, on the hearing of any
such application, the court may order the action to be dismissed
accordingly or may make such order as it thinks just.
  (3) Every order made in an action in the Queen's Bench Division
which provides for trial before a judge (ohterwise than in the
commercial list or the special paper or any corresponding list
which may be specified for the purposes of this paragraph by
directions under rule 4) shall contain an estimate of the length
of the trial and, if the action is to be tried at the Royal Courts
of Justice, shall, subject to any such directions, specify the
list in which the action is to be put.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302076>
<idno type=num>
302076
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302077>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 540
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 35, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
failure to appear
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Failure to appear by both parties or one of them (O.35, r.1).
  1. - (1) If, when the trial of an action is called on, neither
party appears, the action may be struck out of the list, without
prejudice, however, to the restoration thereof, on the direction
of a judge.
  (2) If, when the trial of an action is called on, one party
does not appear, the judge may proceed with the trial of the
action or any counterclaim in the absence of that party.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302077>
<idno type=num>
302077
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302078>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 540
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 35, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
failure to appear, absence of party setting aside judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Judgment, etc. given in absence of party may be set aside
(O.35, r.2).
  2. - (1) Any judgment, order or verdict obtained where one
party does not appear at the trial may be set aside by the Court,
on the application of that party, on such terms as it thinks
just.
  (2) An application under this rule must be made within 7 days
after the trial.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302078>
<idno type=num>
302078
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302079>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 542 - 543
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 35, Rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4
2. Emne: DA: domsforhandlingen
</s>
<s type=keywords>
order of speeches, trial, cross-examination, burden of proof,
trial speech
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Order of speeches (O.35, r.7).
  7. - (1) The judge before whom an action is tried (whether with
or without a jury) may give directions as to the party to begin
and the order of speeches at the trial, and, subject to any such
directions, the party to begin and the order of speeches shall
be that provided by this rule.
  (2) Subject to paragraph (6) the plaintiff shall begin by
opening his case.
  (3) If the defendant elects not to adduce evidence, then, whether
or not the defendant has in the course of cross-examination of a
witness for the plaintiff or otherwise put in a document, the
plaintiff may, after the evidence on his behalf has been given,
make a second speech closing his case and the defendant shall
then state his case.
  (4) If the defendant elects to adduce evidence, he may, after
any evidence on behalf of the plaintiff has been given, open his
case and, after the evidence on his behalf has been given, make a
second speech closing his case, and at the close of the
defendant's case the plaintiff may make a speech in reply.
  (5) Where there are two or more defendants who appear separately
or are separately represented, then -
   (a) if none of them elects to adduce evidence, each of them
       shall state his case in the order in which his name appears
       on the record;
   (b) if each of them elects to adduce evidence, each of them
       may open his case and the evidence on behalf of each of
       them shall be given in the order aforesaid and the speech of
       each of them closing his case shall be made in that order
       after the evidence on behalf of all the defendants has
       been given;
   (c) if some of them elect to adduce evidence and some do not,
       those who do not shall state their cases in the order
       aforesaid after the speech of the plaintiff in reply to
       the other defendants.
   (6) Where the burden of proof of all the issues in the action
lies on the defendant or, where there are two or more defendants
and they appear separately or are separately represented, on one
of the defendants, the defendant or that defendant, as the case
may be, shall be entitled to begin, and in that case paragraphs
(2) (3) and (4) shall have effect in relation to, and as between,
him and the plaintiff as if for references to the plaintiff
and the defendant there were substituted references to the
defendant and the plaintiff respectively.

(7) Where, as between the plaintiff and any defendant, the
party who would, but for this paragraph, be entitled to make
the final speech raises any fresh point of law in that
speech or cites in that speech any authority not previously
cited, the opposite party may make a further speech in
reply, but only in relation to that point of law or that
authority, as the case may be.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302079>
<idno type=num>
302079
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.324)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(domsforhandlingen) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302080>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 563
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
evidence, oral examination, examination in open court
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
General rule: witnesses to be examined orally (O.38, r.1).

1. Subject to the provisions of these rules and of the
Civil Evidence Act 1968 and the Civil Evidence Act 1972,
and any other enactment relating to evidence, any fact
required to be proved at the trial of any action begun
by writ by the evidence of witnesses shall be proved by
the examination of the witnesses orally and in open court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302080>
<idno type=num>
302080
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302081>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 566-567
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
evidence, evidence by affidavit,
deponent for cross-examination
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Evidence by affidavit (O.38, r.2).

2. - (1) The Court may, at or before the trial of an
action begun by writ, order that the affidavit of
any witness may be read at the trial if in the
circumstances of the case it thinks it reasonable so
to order.

(2) An order under paragraph (1) may be made on such terms
as to the filing and giving of copies of the affidavits
and as to the production of the deponents for
cross-examination as the Court thinks fit but, subject
to any such terms and to any subsequent order of the Court,
the deponents shall not be subject to cross-examination
and need not attend the trial for the purpose.

(3) In any cause or matter begun by originating summons,
originating motion or petition, and on any application
made by summons or motion, evidence may be given by
affidavit unless in the case of any such cause, matter
or application any provision of these rules otherwise
provides or the Court otherwise directs, but the Court
may, on the application of any party, order the attendance
for cross-examination of the person making any such
affidavit, and where, after such an order has been made,
the person in question does not attend, his affidavit
shall not be used as evidence without the leave of the
Court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302081>
<idno type=num>
302081
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302082>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 569
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
expert witness, expert evidence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Limitation of expert evidence (O.38, r.4).

4. The Court may, at or before the trial of any action,
order that the number of medical or other expert witnesses
who may be called at the trial shall be limited as
specified by the order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302082>
<idno type=num>
302082
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302083>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 571
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
foreign law, finding of foreign law,
decision of foreign law
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Evidence of finding on foreign law (O.38, r.7).

7. - (1) A party to any cause or matter who intends to
adduce in evidence a finding or decision on a question
of foreign law by virtue of section 4 (2) of the Civil
Evidence Act 1972 shall -

(a) in the case of action to which Order 25, rule 1,
applies, within 14 days after the pleadings in the action
are deemed to be closed, and

(b) in the case of any other cause or matter, within 21 days
after the date on which an appointment for the first
hearing of the cause or matter is obtained,

or in either case, within such other period as the Court
may specify, serve notice of his intention on every other
party to the proceedings.

(2) The notice shall specify the question on which the
finding or decision was given or made and specify the
document in which it is reported or recorded in citable
form.

(3) In any cause or matter in which evidence may be given
by affidavit, an affidavit specifying the matters contained
in paragraph (2) shall constitute notice under paragraph
(1) if served within the period mentioned in that
paragraph.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302083>
<idno type=num>
302083
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302084>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 572
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
deposition in evidence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Depositions: when receivable in evidence at trial
(O.38, r.9).

9. - (1) No deposition taken in any cause or matter
shall be received in evidence at the trial of the cause
or matter unless -

(a) the deposition was taken in pursuance of an order
under Order 39, rule 1, and

(b) either the party against whom the evidence is offered
consents or it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court
that the deponent is dead, or beyond the jurisdiction of
the Court or unable from sickness or other infirmity to
attend the trial.

(2) A party intending to use any deposition in evidence
at the trial of a cause or matter must, a reasonable
time before the trial, give notice of his intention to
do so to the other party.

(3) A deposition purporting to be signed by the person
before whom it was taken shall be receivable in evidence
without proof of the signature being the signature of
that person.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302084>
<idno type=num>
302084
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302085>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 572-573
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
court documents admissible in evidence,
court documents receivable in evidence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Court documents admissible or receivable in evidence
(O.38, r.10).

10. - (1) Office copies of writs, records, pleadings
and documents filed in the High Court shall be admissible
in evidence in any cause or matter and between all
parties to the same extent as the original would be
admissible.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of any enactment,
every document purporting to be sealed with the seal
of any office or department of the Supreme Court shall
be received in evidence without further proof, and any
document purporting to be so sealed and to be a copy
of a document filed in, or issued out of, that office
or department shall be deemed to be an office copy of
that document without further proof unless the contrary
is shown.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302085>
<idno type=num>
302085
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302086>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 576-577
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 14
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
writ of subpoena, issue of writ of subpoena, praecipe
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Form and issue of writ of subpoena (O.38, r.14).

14. - (1) A writ of subpoena must be in Form No.28, 29,
or 30 in Appendix A, whichever is appropriate.

(2) Issue of a writ of subpoena takes place upon its
being sealed by an officer of the office out of which
it is issued.

(3) Where a writ of subpoena is to be issued in a cause
or matter which is not proceeding in a district registry,
the appropriate office for the issue of the writ is the
Central Office or, if the cause or matter has been set
down for trial outside the Royal Courts of Justice, either
the Central Office or the registry for the district
comprising the city or town at which the cause or matter
has been set down for trial.

(4) Where a writ of subpoena is to be issued in a cause
or matter which is proceeding in a district registry, the
appropriate office for the issue of the writ is -

(a) that registry, or

(b) if the cause or matter has been set down for trial
at a city or town not comprised in the district of that
registry, either that registry or the registry for the
district comprising that city or town, or

(c) if the cause or matter has been set down for trial
at the Royal Courts of Justice, either the Central Office
or the registry in which the cause or matter is proceeding.

(5) Before a writ of subpoena is issued a praecipe for
the issue of the writ must be filed in the office out
of which the writ is to issue; and the praecipe must
contain the name and address of the party issuing the
writ, if he is acting in person, or the name or firm
and business address of that party's solicitor and
also (if the solicitor is the agent of another) the
name or firm and business address of his principal.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302>
<idno type=num>
302
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302087>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 581
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 20
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
hearsay evidence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Interpretation and application (O.38, r.20).

20. - (1) In this Part of this Order "the Act" means
the Civil Evidence Act 1968 and any expressions used in
this Part of this Order and in Part I of the Act have
the same meanings in this Part of this Order as they
have in the said Part I.

(2) This Part of this Order shall apply in relation to
the trial or hearing of an issue or question arising in
a cause or matter, and to a reference, inquiry and
assesment of damages, as it applies in relation to the
trial or hearing of a cause or matter.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302087>
<idno type=num>
302087
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302088>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 593
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 38, rule 32
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4.1
2. Emne: DA: bevis
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, counter-notice
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Costs (O.38, r.32).

32. If -

(a) a party to a cause or matter serves a counter-notice
under rule 26 in respect of any person who is called as
a witness at the trial of the cause or matter in
compliance with a requirement of the counter-notice, and

(b) it appears to the Court that it was unreasonable
to require that person to be called as a witness,

then, without prejudice to Order 62 and, in particular,
to rule 7 (1) thereof, the Court may direct that any
costs to that party in respect of the preparation and
service of the counter-notice shall not be allowed to
him and that any costs occasioned by the counter-notice
to any other party shall be paid by him to that other party.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302088>
<idno type=num>
302088
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302089>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 626
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.3
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelsens indhold
</s>
<s type=keywords>
form of judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Form of judgment, etc. (O.42, r.1).
  1. - (1) If, in the case of any judgment, a form thereof is
prescribed by  Appendix A the judgment must be in that form.
  (2) The party entering any judgment shall be entitled to have
recited therein a statement of the manner in which, and the
place at which, the writ or other originating process by which
the cause or matter in question was begun was served.
  (3) Any order than a consent order to which rule 5A applies
must be marked with the name of judge, referee or master by whom
it was made and must be sealed.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302089>
<idno type=num>
302089
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3253)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelsens form) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302090>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.631 - 632
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.3
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelsens indhold
</s>
<s type=keywords>
judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Judgment, etc., requiring act to be done: time for doing it
(O.42, r.2).
  2. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2) a judgment or order which
requires a person to do an act must specify the time after service
of the judgment or order, or some other time, within which the act
is to be done.
  (2) Where the act which any person is required by any
judgment or order to do is to pay money to some other
person, give possession of any land or deliver any
goods, at time within which the act is to be done need
not be specified in the judgment or order by virtue of paragraph
(1) but the foregoing provision shall not affect the power of
the Court to specify such a time and to adjudge or order
accordingly.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302090>
<idno type=num>
302090
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3253)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelsens form) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302091>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 632
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.4.1
2. Emne: DA: retskraft
</s>
<s type=keywords>
date from which judgment or order takes effect
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Date from which judgment or order takes effect (O.42, r.3).
  3. - (1) Subject to the provision of Rule 3A, a judgment or
order of the Court or of an official or special referee takes
effect form the day of its date.
  (2) Such a judgment or order shall be dated as of the day on
which it is pronounced, given or made, unless the Court or referee,
as the case may be, orders it to be dated as of some other earlier
or later day, in which case it shall be dated as of that other
day.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302091>
<idno type=num>
302091
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.32541)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retskraft) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302092>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 635
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.3
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelsens indhold
</s>
<s type=keywords>
orders required to be drawn up, drawing up of orders
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Orders required to be drawn up (O.42, r. 4).

4. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2) every order of the Court
shall be drawn up unless the Court otherwise directs.
(2) And order -     (a) which-         (i) extends the period within which a
person is
        required or authorised by these rules, or by any
        judgment, order or direction, to do any act, or
        (ii) grants leave for the doing of any of the acts
        mentioned in paragraph (3) and
    (b) which neither imposes any special terms nor includes
        any special directions other than a direction as
        to costs, need not be drawn up unless the Court otherwise directs.
(3) The acts referred to in paragraph (2) (a) (ii) are -     (a) the issue of
any writ, other than a writ of summons
        for service out of the jurisdiction;
    (b) the amendment of a writ of summons or other
        originating process or a pleading;
    (c) the filing of any document;
    (d) any act to be done by an officer of the Court other
        than a solicitor.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302092>
<idno type=num>
302092
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3253)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelsens form) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302093>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 635-636
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.3 + 3.2
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelsens indhold; retsboger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
drawing up of judgments, drawing up of orders,
entry of judgments, entry of orders
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Drawing up and entry of Queen's Bench judgments and orders
(O.42, r. 5).
5. - (1) Where a judgment given in a cause or matter in the
Queen's Bench Division is presented for entry in accordance
with this rule at the appropriate office, it shall be
entered by an officer of that office in the book kept for
the purpose.
(2) The party seeking to have such a judgment entered must
draw up the judgment and present it to the proper officer
of the appropriate office for entry.
(3) A party presenting a judgment for entry must -
    (a) if he is the plaintiff, produce the original of
        the writ or other originating process by which
        the cause or matter in question was begun;
    (b) produce any certificate, order or other document
        to satisfy the proper officer that he is entitled
        to have the judgment entered and lodge the pleadings
        (if any) with that officer.
(4) On entering any such judgment the proper officer shall
file the judgment and return a duplicate thereof to the
party who presented it for entry.
(5) Every order made in the Queen's Bench Division and
required to be drawn up must be drawn up by the party
having the custody of the summons notice or other
document on which the order is indorsed and if that party
fails to draw up the order within 7 days after it is made
any other party affected by the order may draw it up.
(6) The order referred to in paragraph (5) must, when
drawn up, be produced at the appropriate office, together
with a copy thereof, and when passed by the proper officer
the order, sealed with the seal of that office, shall be
returned to the party producing it and the copy shall be
lodged in that office.
(7) The appropriate office for the purpose of this rule is
the Central Office, except where the cause or matter is
proceeding in a district registry in which case it is that
registry unless the Court otherwise orders:
Provided that in the case of an order made on a summons or
other application transferred under Order 4, rule 6 (4)
to a district registry or to the Royal Courts of Justice,
the appropriate office shall be that registry or the
Central Office, as the case may be, unless the Court
otherwise orders.
(8) Where by virtue of paragraph (7) a judgment or order
in a cause or matter proceeding in a district registry is
entered in the Central Office, or an order in a cause or
matter proceeding in the Royal Courts of Justice is
entered in a district registry, the proper officer shall
send an office copy of the judgment or order to the registry
in which the cause or matter is proceeding or to the
Central Office, as the case may be.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302093>
<idno type=num>
302093
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3253)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelsens form) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302094>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 639
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 42, Rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.5.3 + 3.2
2. Emne: DA: retsafgorelsens indhold; retsboger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
drawing up of judgments, drawing up of orders,
entry of judgments, entry of orders
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Drawing up and filing of Chancery judgment and orders
(O.42, r. 6).
6. - Every judgment given in a cause or matter in the
Chancery Division and, subject to paragraph (3), every
order made in such a cause or matter and required to be
drawn up shall be drawn up in the appropriate office of
the Court and filed in that office.
(2) The appropriate office for the purpose of this rule
is Chancery Chambers, except where the cause or matter
is proceeding in a district registry in which case it is
that registry unless the Court otherwise directs.
(3) Whenever a Chancery Master or district registrar makes
an interlocutory order he shall, having first given the
parties an opportunity to be heard in the matter, direct
whether or not such order is to be drawn up, and, if so,
whether it is to be drawn up in court or by such of the
parties as he may dircet:
Provided that, where an order is directed to be drawn up
by a party and is not presented for entry by that party
at the appropriate office within seven days after the
order was made, any party may apply to a master for the
order to be drawn up in court and the master may make
such order as he thinks fit as to the costs of such
application and of the hearing which gave rise to the
order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302094>
<idno type=num>
302094
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3253)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsafgorelsens form) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302095>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 795
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeal from decision, appeals
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
APPEALS FROM MASTERS, REGISTRARS, REFEREES AND JUDGES

Appeals from certain decisions of masters, ect. to judge
in chambers (O.58, r. 1).
1. - (1) Except as provided by rule 2, an appeal shall lie
to a judge in chambers from any judgment, order or
decision of a master, the Admiralty Registrar or a
registrar of the Family Division.
(2) The appeal shall be brought by serving on every other
party to the proceedings in which the judgment, order or
decision was given or made a notice to attend before the
judge on a day specified in the notice or on such other
day as may be directed.
(3) Unless the Court otherwise orders, the notice must be
issued within 5 days after the judgment, order or decision
appealed against was given or made and an appeal to which this
rule applies shall not be heard sooner than 2 clear days
after service of the notice by which the appeal is
brought.
(4) Except so far as the Court may otherwise direct, an
appeal under this rule shall not operate as a stay of the
proceedings in which the appeal is brought.
$$N TEKST
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302095>
<idno type=num>
302095
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302096>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 797-798
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from decision
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeals from certain decisions of masters, etc. to Court
of Appeal (O.58, r. 2).

2. - An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any
judgment, order or decision of a master given or made -
    (a) on the hearing or determination of any cause, matter
        or issue tried before or referred to him under Order
        36, rule 11; or
    (b) on an assessment of damages under Order 37 or
        otherwise.

Amended by R.S.C. (Amendment No. 4) 1971 (S.I. 1971 No.
1269); R.S.C. (Amendment No. 2) 1978 S.I. No. 359 and R.S.C.
(Amendment No. 2) 1982 (S.I. 1982 No. 1111).

Effect of rule. - Appeals from all judgments, orders or
decisions of a Master in all causes, matters, questions or
issues tried before or referred to him under O. 36, r. 11,
(i.e. trial by a Master with the consent of the parties)
and appeals against an assessment of damages by a Master
lie direct to the Court of Appeal; but in all other
matters including interpleaders and garnishee and charging
order proceedings, the appeal will lie in the ordinary way
to the Judge in Chambers. Until 1982 this rule applied only
to orders or decisions of a Q.B. Master; as a result of
the 1982 amendment it applies equally to orders or decisions
of Chancery Masters. Thus, appeal against an assessment
of damages made by a Chancery Master now lies to the Court
of Appeal. The words "hearing or determination" refer to
a proceeding which results in a final, as opposed to an
interlocutory, judgment, order or decision. On the other
hand, if an order which is interlocutory in character is
made after the trial or hearing of an action or assessment
of damages has begun before a Master and during the course
of such trial or hearing, e.g. grant or refusal of leave
to amend, it is submitted that the appeal against such order
will lie to the Court of Appeal as part of an appeal against
the final order or judgment, for otherwise it would be
anomalous that the appeal in such circumstances against
the interlocutory order should lie to the Judge in Chambers
and the appeal against the final order to the Court of
Appeal.
As a result of amendments to this rule appeal from the
making of a charging order or the summary disposal of
interpleader proceedings by a Master or district registrar
lies to the Judge in Chambers, thus negativing the cases
of (Rainbok v. Moorgate Properties Ltd. [1975] 1 W.L.R.
788; [1975] 2 All E.R. 821, C.A. and Teltscher Bros. Ltd.
v. R.A.O. Catering Co. Ltd. (1976) 120 S.J. 354, C.A.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302096>
<idno type=num>
302096
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302097>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 798
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from district registrar
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeals from district registrars (O.58, r. 3).
3. - (1) An appeal shall lie from any judgment, order or
decision of a district registrar in any cause or matter in
any Division in the same circumstances and, except as
provided by paragraph (2) subject to the same conditions
as if the judgment, order or decision were given or made
by a master or registrar in that cause or matter in that
Division, and the provisions of these rules with respect
to appeals shall apply accordingly.
(2) In relation to an appeal from a judgment, order or
decision of a district registrar, rule 1 shall have effect
subject to the modification that for the references therein
to 5 days and 2 clear days there shall be substituted
references to 7 days and 3 clear days respectively.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302097>
<idno type=num>
302097
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302098>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 798-799
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from official referee
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeals from official referees (O.58, r. 4).
4. - (1) Subject to paragraph (2) an appeal shall lie to
the Court of Appeal -
    (a) from a decision of an offical referee on a point of
        law or as to costs only; and
    (b) from a decision of an official referee on a question
        of fact relevant to a charge of fraud or breach of
        professional duty.
(2) In relation to any decision of an offical referee
referred to in paragraph (1) section 31 of the Act
shall apply as if the official referee were a judge of the
High Court.
(3) Except as provided by paragraph (1) and section 13 of
the Administration of Justice Act, 1960 (which provides
for an appeal in cases of contempt of court) no judgment,
order or decision of an offical referee in relation to any
cause, matter, question or issue ordered to be tried before
him shall be called in question by appeal or otherwise.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302098>
<idno type=num>
302098
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302099>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 799
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from special referee
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeals from special referees (O.58, r. 5).
5. An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any
judgment, order or decision of a special referee given or
made on the hearing or determination of any cause, matter, question or issue
ordered to be tried before him under
Order 36, rule 10.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302099>
<idno type=num>
302099
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302100>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 799
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from judge in chambers
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeal from judge in chambers (O.58, r. 6).
6. - (1) Subject to section 18 of the Act and section 15(2)
of the Administration of Justice Act, 1960 (which restrict
appeals) and to Order 53, rule 13, and without prejudice
to section 13 of the said Act of 1960 (which provides for
an appeal in cases of contempt of court) in the Queen's
Bench Division (including the Admiralty Court) an appeal
shall lie to the Court of Appel from any judgment, order
or decision of a judge in chambers.
(2) Subject to the said sections 18 and 15 (2) and without
prejudice to the said section 13, in the Chancery Division
and in the Family Division an appeal shall lie to the
Court of Appeal from any judgment, order or decision of a
judge in Chambers either -
    (a) with the leave of the judge or the Court of Appeal,
        or
    (b) after an application to set aside or discharge the
        judgment, order or decision has been made to the
        judge sitting in court and has been refused,
and not otherwise.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302100>
<idno type=num>
302100
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302101>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 800
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 58, Rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, appeal from judgment in interpleader proceedings,
notice of appeal, interlocutory order
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeal from judgment, etc. of judge in interpleader
proceedings (O.58, r. 7).
7. - (1) Any judgment, order or decision of a judge given
or made in summarily determining under Order 17, rule 5 (2)
(b) or (c) any question at issue between claimants in
interpleader proceedings shall be final and conclusive
against the claimants and all persons claiming under them
unless leave to appeal to the Court of Appeal is given by
the judge or the Court of Appeal.
(2) Where an interpleader issue is tried by a judge (with
or without a jury) an appeal shall lie to the Court of
Appeal, without the leave of the judge or that Court, from
any judgment, order or decision given or made by the judge
on the trial.
(3) The time within which notice of appeal under this rule
must be served shall be the same as in the case of an
appeal from an interlocutory order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302101>
<idno type=num>
302101
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302102>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 802-804
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application of order to appeals, appeals, Court of appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application of Order to appeals (O.59, r. 1).
1. This Order applies, subject to the provisions of these
rules with respect to particular appeals, to every appeal
to the Court of Appeal (including so far as it is
applicable thereto, any appeal to that Court from an
offical referee, master or other officer of the Supreme
Court or from any tribunal from which an appeal lies to
that Court under or by virtue of any enactment) not being
an appeal for which other provision is made by these rules,
and references to "the court below" apply to any court,
tribunal or person from which such an appeal lies.

Appeals - An appeal is an application to set aside or vary
the decision of another tribunal on the ground that it
was wrongly made (not, for example, an application for the
amendment of an assessment of profits to income tax on the
ground that subsequent events have given rise to a
statutory right to relief. Furtado v. City of London
Brewery Co. [1974] 1 K.B. 152; affd. ibid. p. 709). So
where an order has been made giving the custody of an
infant "until further order", an application to vary the
order by reason of subsequent circumstances should be made
to the Court of first instance, not by way of appeal (Re
Holt (1880) 16 Ch.D. 115). Where an order has been made
ex parte in the court below the appropriate procedure, if
the other party wishes to contest it, is to apply to the
court below to set it aside. Although the Court of Appeal
has jurisdiction to hear an appeal against an ex parte
order, it will not normally do so (WEA Records v. Visions
Channel 4 Ltd. [1983] 1 W.L.R. 721; [1983] 2 All E.R. 589).
The creation of a right of appeal is an act which requires
legislative authority. Neither the inferior nor the
superior tribunal nor both combined can create such a
right (Att-.Gen. v. Sillem (1864) 10 H.L. Cas. 704; and
see R. v. Hanson (1821) 4 B.  Ald. 519: R. v. Cashiobury,
JJ. (1823) 3 D.  R. 35; National Telephone Co. v.
Postmaster-General [1913] 2 K.B. 614; [1913] A.C. 546). But
"when a question is stated to be referred to an established
Court without more, it imports that the ordinary incidents
of the procedure of that Court are to attach, and also
that any general right of appeal from the decision likewise
attaches" (per Viscount Haldane L.C., National Telephone
Co. v. Postmaster-General [1913] A.C. 546, p. 552). Where
the statute provides no procedure for the appeal it is the
duty of the appeal Court to do so, so that the appeal may
be heard (Smith v. Williams [1922] 1 K.B. 158, p. 165. Cf.
Hoser v. Ministry of Housing [1963] Ch. 428).

Appeals are against orders, not reasoned judgments - Appeal
lies against the order made by the Judge, not against the
reasons he gave for his decision (Lake v. Lake [1955] P.
336; [1955] 2 All E.R. 538, C.A.). Thus a party who has
succeeded in obtaining, or, as the case may be, resisting,
all relief sought cannot appeal even though he disagrees
with the reasons which the Judge has given for deciding all
points in his favour. On the other hand, if a party has
succeeded in obtaining, or resisting, only part of the
relief sought, he can, of course, appeal against the order
to the extent that he was unsuccessful.

Restrictions on appealing - There are numerous provisions
which restrict the right to appeal. Restrictions may be
absolute (e.g. there is no appeal at all against the grant
by the court below of an extension of time), or appeal may
only be allowed with the leave of the court below (e.g.
an appeal on costs only), or appeal may be allowed only
with the leave of the court below or the leave of the
Court of Appeal (e.g. most interlocutory orders); see
paras. 59/1/8 et seq.

Stages in the progress of an appeal -
1. Service of notice of appeal. - See r. 3. This is the
process whereby the other parties are notified that an
appeal is being made. Where leave to appeal is required,
it must be obtained before service of a notice of appeal.
Where leave to appeal is required a valid notice of appeal
can only be served after leave has been granted (Cumbes v.
Robinson [1951] 2 K.B. 83; [1951] 1 All E.R. 661, C.A.).
The time limit for appealing is (subject to a few exceptions)
four weeks (see r. 4). Thus, in order to avoid having to
apply for an extension of time, it is necessary, where
leave to appeal is required, to obtain leave soon enough to allow time for
service of the notice of appeal before the
four-week period expires. It follows from the decision
in Cumbes v. Robinson that it is not possible to stop time
running by serving a purported notice of appeal which
includes an application for leave to appeal.

2. Setting down of the appeal - This is the process
whereby the appeal is entered in the books of the Court of
Appeal. The time limit for setting down is seven days from
the date on which the notice of appeal was served (see r. 5).

3. Requisitioning of documents - The requisite number of
bundles of documents for the use of the Lords Justices who
will hear the appeal must be lodged within 14 days of the
date on which the appeal first appears in the List of
Forthcoming Appeals; see r. 9. It is the normal practice
for an appeal to be added to the List of Forthcoming Appeals
well before the anticipated hearing date. This is to ensure
that the bundles are lodged well in advance of the
hearing and that there is sufficient time for them to be
checked.

4. Listing - Except in the case of appeals which are dealt
with as a matter of urgency, appeals are entered in the
Warned List and arrangements for hearing are then made.
Listing is dealt with by the Civil Appeals Office, Listing
Office (Room 249). Applications for an expedited hearing
should be made to the Registrar.

5. Hearing - All appeals are heard by the Court of Appeal
sitting in the Royal Courts of Justice in London. Appeals
are heard in open Court before a full Court consisting
either of two or three Lords Justices; (for the provisions
dealing with the jurisdiction of two and three Judge Courts
see Vol. 2, para 5245 and para 59/3/9). The full Court
(unlike a single Lord Justice and the Registrar) has no
power to sit in chambers. The Court of Appeal does have
jurisdiction to sit in camera, but only in very limited
circumstances (see para. 59/10/1). Where a party wishes
to apply for an appeal to be heard in camera, the Registrar
should be notified.

6. Order - Court of Appeal Orders are drawn by the Court
Associate, and not by the parties.

7. Applications - There may be incidental applications in
connection with an appeal. These are now generally heard
either by a single Lord Justice or the Registrar (see r. 14
(nn.)).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302102>
<idno type=num>
302102
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302103>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 812
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, order 59, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
application for new trial, rehearing appeals,
Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application of Order to applications for new trial (O.59, r. 2).
2. This Order (except so much of rule 3 (1) as provides
that an appeal shall be by way of rehearing and except rule
11 (1)) applies to an application to the Court of Appeal,
for a new trial or to set aside a verdict, finding or
judgment after trial with or without a jury, as it applies
to an appeal to that Court, and references in this Order
to an appeal and to an appellant shall be construed
accordingly.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302103>
<idno type=num>
302103
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302104>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 813
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
notice of appeal, rehearing appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Notice of appeal (O.59, r. 3).
3 - (1) An appeal to the Court of Appeal shall be by way
of rehearing and must be brought by motion, and the notice
of the motion is referred to in this Order as "notice of
appeal".
(2) Notice of appeal may be given either in respect of the
whole or in respect of any specified part of the judgment
or order of the court below; and every such notice must
specify the grounds of the appeal and the precise form
of the order which the appellant proposes to ask the Court
of Appeal to make.
(3) Except with the leave of the Court of Appeal, a single
judge or the registrar, the appellant shall not be entitled
on the hearing of an appeal to rely on any grounds of
appeal, or to apply for any relief, not specified in the
notice of appeal.
(4) Every notice of appeal must specify the list of appeals
in which the appellant proposes that the appeal shall be
set down.
(5) A notice of appeal must be served on all parties to the
proceedings in the court below who are directly affected
by the appeal; and, subject to rule 8, it shall not be
necessary to serve the notice on parties not so affected.
(6) No notice of appeal shall be given by a respondent in
a case to which rule 6 (1) relates.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302104>
<idno type=num>
302104
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302105>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 818
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
time for appealing, appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Time for appealing (O.59, r. 4).
4 - (1) Except as otherwise provided by this Order, every
notice of appeal must be served under r. 3 (5) within 4
weeks from the date on which the judgment or order of the
court below was signed, entered or otherwise perfected.
(2) In the case of an appeal from a decision in respect of
which a certificate has been granted under section 12 of
the Administration of Justice Act 1969 the period referred
to in paragraph (1) shall be calculated from the end of the
time during which, in accordance with section 13 (5) of
that Act, no appeal lies to the Court of Appeal.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302105>
<idno type=num>
302105
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302106>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 819-820
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
setting down appeal, appellant, appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Setting down appeal (O.59, r. 5).
5 - (1) The appellant must, within 7 days after service of
the notice of appeal or within such further time as may be
allowed by the registrar, produce to the registrar the
judgment or order of the court below, or an office copy
thereof, and leave with him -
    (a) a copy of the said judgment or order, and
    (b) two copies of the notice of appeal, one of which
        shall be indorsed with the amount of the fee paid,
        and the other indorsed with a certificate of the
        date of service of the notice, and
    (c) an office copy of any list of exhibits made under
        Order 35, rule 11.
(2) Upon the said documents being left, the registrar shall
file one copy of the notice of appeal and cause the appeal
to be set down in the proper list of appeals; and the
appeal shall come on to be heard according to its order in
that list unless the Court of Appeal or a single judge or
the registrar otherwise orders.
(3) The proper list of appeals for the purpose of
paragraph (2) shall be decided by the registrar, without
prejudice, however, to any decision of the Court of Appeal
on the question whether the judgment or order appealed
against is interlocutory or final.
(4) Within 2 days after an appeal has been set down, the
appellant must give notice to that effect to all parties
on whom the notice of appeal was served, specifying the
list in which the appeal is set down and any extension of
time allowed under paragraph (1).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302106>
<idno type=num>
302106
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302107>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 822-823
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
respondent's notice, notice of appeal, cross-appeal,
appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Respondent's notice (O.59, r. 6).
6 - (1) A respondent who, having been served with a notice
of appeal, desires -
    (a) to contend on the appeal that the decision of the
        court below should be varied, either in any event
        or in the event of the appeal being allowed in whole
        or in part, or
    (b) to contend that the decision of the court below
        should be affirmed on grounds other than those
        relied upon by that court, or
    (c) to contend by way of cross-appeal that the decision
        of the court below was wrong in whole or in part,
must give notice to that effect, specifying the grounds
of his contention and, in a case to which paragraph (a) or
(c) relates, the precise form of the order which he
proposes to ask the Court to make.
(2) Except with the leave of the Court of Appeal or a single
judge or the registrar, a respondent shall not be entitled
on the hearing of the appeal to apply for any relief not
specified in a notice under paragraph (1) or to rely, in
support of any contention, upon any ground which has not
been specified in such a notice or relied upon by the court
below.
(3) Any notice given by a respondent under this rule (in
this Order referred to as a "respondent's notice") must be
served on the appellant, and on all parties to the
proceedings in the court below who are directly affected
by the contentions of the respondent, and must be served
within 21 days after the service of the notice of appeal on
the respondent.
(4) A party by whom a respondent's notice is given must,
within two days after service of the notice, furnish two
copies of the notice to the registrar.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302107>
<idno type=num>
302107
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302108>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 824
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
amendment of notice of appeal,
amendment of respondent's notice, appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Amendment of notice of appeal and respondent's notice
(O.59, r. 7).
7 - (1) A notice of appeal or respondent's notice may be
amended -
    (a) by or with the leave of the Court of Appeal, a
        single judge or the registrar, at any time;
    (b) without such leave, by supplementary notice served,
        before the date on which the appeal first appears
        in the List of Forthcoming Appeals referred to
        in r. 9 (1) on each of the parties on whom the
        notice to be amended was served.
(2) A party by whom a supplementary notice is served under
this rule must, within 2 days after service of the notice,
furnish two copies of the notice to the registar.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302108>
<idno type=num>
302108
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302109>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 825
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
directions of the Court as to service,
service of notice of appeal,
service of respondent's notice, appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Directions of the Court as to service (O.59, r. 8).
8 - (1) The Court of Appeal or a single judge or the
registrar may in any case direct that a notice of appeal
or respondent's notice be served on any party to the
proceedings in the court below on whom it has not been
served, or on any person not party to those proceedings.
(2) Where a direction is given under paragraph (1) the
hearing of the appeal may be postponed or adjourned for
such period and on such terms as may be just and such
judgment may be given and such order made on the appeal
as might have been given or made if the persons served in
pursuance of the direction had originally been parties.

</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302109>
<idno type=num>
302109
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302110>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 825-826
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
documents to be lodged by appellant, notice of appeal,
respondent's notice, appeals, Court of Appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Documents to be lodged by appellant (O.59, r. 9).
9 - (1) Not more than 14 days after the appeal first appears
in a list to be called "the List of Forthcoming Appeals"
the appellant must cause to be lodged with the registrar
the number of copies for which paragraph (2) provides of
each of the following documents, namely -
(a) the notice of appeal;
(b) the respondent's notice:
(c) any supplementary notice served under rule 7;
(d) the judgment or order of the court below;
(e) the originating process by which the proceedings in
the court below were begun, any interlocutory or other
related process which is the subject of the appeal, the
pleadings (including particulars) if any, and, in the case
of an appeal in an Admiralty cause or matter, the
preliminary acts, if any;
(f) the transcript of the official shorthand note or record,
if any, of the judge's reasons for giving the judgment or
making the order of the court below or, in the absence of such
a note or record, the judge's note of his reasons or, if the
judge's note is not available, counsel's note of the
judge's reasons approved whereever possible by the judge;
(g) such parts of the transcript of the official shorthand
note or record, if any, of the evidence given in the court
below as are relevant to any question at issue on the
appeal or, in the absence of such a note or record, such
parts of the judge's note of the evidence as are relevant
to any such question; (h) any list of exhibits made under order 35, rule 11, or
the schedule of evidence, as the case may be;
(i) such affidavits, exhibits, or parts of exhibits, as were
in evidence in the court below and as are relevant to any
question at issue on the appeal.
(2) Unless otherwise directed, the number of copies to be
lodged in accordance with paragraph (1) is three copies
except -
(a) where the appeal is to be heard by two judges in which
case it is two copies; or
(b) in the case of an appeal in an Admiralty cause or
matter, in which case it is four copies or, if the Court
of Appeal is to hear the appeal with assessors, six.
(2A) When the transcripts, if any, referred to in items
(f) and (g) of paragraph (1) have been bespoken by the
appellant and paid for, the number of such transcripts
required in accordance with paragraph (2) shall be sent by
the official shorthand writer or transcriber direct to the
registrar.
(3) At any time after an appeal has been set down in
accordance with r. 5 the registrar may give such directions
in relation to the documents to be produced at the appeal,
and the manner in which they are to be presented, and as
to other matters incidental to the conduct of the appeal,
as appear best adapted to secure the just, expeditious and
economical disposal of the appeal.
(4) The directions referred to in paragraph (3) may be given
without a hearing provided always that the registrar may
at any time issue a summons requiring the parties to an
appeal to attend before him and any party to an appeal may
apply at any time for an appointment before the registrar.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302110>
<idno type=num>
302110
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302111>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 828-829
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, Court of Appeal, general powers of the Court of Appeal,
further evidence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
General powers of the Court (O.59, r. 10).

10. - (1) In relation to an appeal the Court of Appeal shall
have all the powers and duties as to amendment and
otherwise of the High Court including, without prejudice
to the generality of the foregoing words, the powers of
the Court under Order 36 to refer any question or issue of
fact for trial before, or inquiry and report by, an official
referee.
In relation to a reference made to an official referee, any
thing required or authorised under Order 36, rule 9, to be
done by, to or before the Court shall be done by, to or
before the Court of Appeal.
(2) The Court of Appeal shall have power to receive
further evidence on questions of fact, either by oral
examination in court, by affidavit, or by deposition taken
before an examiner, but, in the case of an appeal from a
judgment after trial or hearing of any cause or matter on
the merits, no such further evidence (other than evidence
as to matters which have occurred after the date of the
trial or hearing) shall be admitted except on special
grounds.
(3) The Court of Appeal shall have power to draw interferences
of fact and to give any judgment and make any order which
ought to have been given or made, and to make such further
or other order as the case may require.
(4) The powers of the Court of Appeal under the foregoing
provisions of this rule may be exercised notwithstanding
that no notice of appeal or respondent's notice has been
given in respect of any particular part of the decision of
the court below or by any particular party to the
proceedings in that court, or that any ground for allowing
the appeal or for affirming or varying the decision of that
court is not specified in such a notice; and the Court
of Appeal may make any order, on such terms as the Court
thinks just, to ensure the determination on the merits of
the real question in controversy between the parties.
(5) The Court of Appeal may, in special circumstances, order
that such security shall be given for the costs of an
appeal as may be just.
(6) The powers of the Court of Appeal in respect of an
appeal shall not be restricted by reason of any interlocutory
order from which there has been no appeal.
(7) Documents impounded by order of the Court of Appeal
shall not be delivered out of the custody of that Court
except in compliance with an order of that Court:
Provided that where a Law Officer or the Director of Public
Prosecutions makes a written request in that behalf,
documents so impounded shall be delivered into his custody.
(8) Documents impounded by order of the Court of Appeal,
while in the custody of that Court, shall not be inspected
except by a person authorised to do so by an order of that
Court.
(9) In any proceedings incidental to any cause or matter
pending before the Court of Appeal, the powers conferred
by this rule on the Court may be exercised by a single judge
or the registrar.
Provided that the said powers of the Court of Appeal shall
be exercisable only by that Court or a single judge in
relation to
(a) the grant, variation, discharge or enforcement of an
    injunction, or an undertaking given in lieu of an
    injunction, and
(b) the grant of lifting of a stay of execution or
proceedings.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302111>
<idno type=num>
302111
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302112>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 836
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 11
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, Court of Appeal, powers of the Court of Appeal,
new trial
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Powers of the Court as to new trial (O.59, r. 11).

11. - (1) On the hearing of any appeal the Court of Appeal
may, if it thinks fit, make any such order as could be
made in pursuance of an application for a new trial or to
set aside a verdict, finding or judgment of the court below.
(2) The Court of Appeal shall not be bound to order a new
trial on the ground of misdirection, or of the improper
admission or rejection of evidence, or because the verdict
of the jury was not taken upon a question which the judge
at the trial was not asked to leave to them, unless in the
opinion of the Court of Appeal some substantial wrong or
miscarriage has been thereby occasioned.
(3) A new trial may be ordered on any question without
interfering with the finding or decision on any other
question; and if it appears to the Court of Appeal that
any such wrong or miscarriage as is mentioned in paragraph
(2) affects part only of the matter in controversy, or one
or some only of the parties, the Court may order a new trial
as to that party only, or as to that party or those parties
only, and give final judgment as to the remainder.
(4) In any case where the Court of Appeal has power to order
a new trial on the ground that damages awarded by a jury are
excessive or inadequate, the Court may, in lieu of ordering
a new trial -
(a) with the consent of all parties concerned, substitute
    for the sum awarded by the jury such sum as appears to
    the Court to be proper;
(b) with the consent of the party entitled to receive or
    liable to pay the damages, as the case may be, reduce
    or increase the sum awarded by the jury by such amount
    as appears to the Court to be proper in respect of any
    distinct head of damages erroneously included in or
    excluded from the sum so awarded;
but except as aforesaid the Court of Appeal shall not have
power to reduce or increase the damages awarded by a jury.
(5) A new trial shall not be ordered by reason of the ruling
of any judge that a document is sufficiently stamped or does
not require to be stamped.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302112>
<idno type=num>
302112
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302113>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 842
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 13
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
stay of execution, appeals, Court of Appeal,
stay of proceedings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Stay of execution, etc. (O.59, r. 13).

13 - (1) Except so far as the court below or the Court of
Appeal or a single judge may otherwise direct - (a) an appeal shall not operate
as a stay of execution or
    of proceedings under the decision of the court below;
(b) no intermediate act or proceeding shall be invalidated
    by an appeal.
(2) On an appeal from the High Court, interest for such time
as execution has been delayed by the appeal shall be
allowed unless the Court otherwise orders.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302113>
<idno type=num>
302113
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302114>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 844-845
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 59, Rule 14
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeals, Court of Appeal, applications to Court of Appeal,
summons, ex parte application
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application to Court of Appeal (O.59, r. 14).

14 - (1) Unless otherwise directed, every application to
the Court of Appeal, a single judge or the registrar which
is not made ex parte must be made by summons and such
summons must be served on the party or parties affected at
least 2 clear days before the day on which it is heard or,
in the case of an application which is made after the
expiration of the time for appealing, at least 7 days before
the day on which the summons is heard.
(2) Unless otherwise directed, any application to the Court
of Appeal for leave to appeal (other than an application
made after the expiration of the time for appealing) must
be made ex parte in the first instance but unless the
application is then dismissed or it appears to that Court
that undue hardship would be caused by an adjournment, the
Court shall adjourn the application and give directions
for the sevice of notice thereof on the party or parties
affected.
(3) Where an ex parte application has been refused by the
Court below, an application for a similar purpose may be
made to the Court of Appeal ex parte within 7 days after
the date of the refusal.
(4) Whereever under these rules an application may be made
either to the court below or to the Court of Appeal, it
shall not be made in the first instance to the Court of
Appeal, except where there are special circumstances which
make it impossible or impracticable to apply to the court
below.
(5) Where an application is made to the Court of Appeal with
regard to arbitration proceedings before a judge-arbitrator
or judge-umpire which would, in the case of an ordinary
arbitrator or umpire, be made to the High Court, the
provisions of Order 73, rule 5, shall apply as if, for the
words "the Court", whereever they appear in that rule, there
were substituted the words "Court of Appeal" and as if, for
the words "arbitrator" and "umpire", there were substituted
the words "judge-arbitrator" and "judge-umpire" respectively.
(6) Where an application is made to the Court of Appeal under
section 1 (5) of the Arbitrator Act 1979 (including any
application for leave) notice thereof must be served on
the judge-arbitrator or judge-umpire and on any other party
to the reference.
(7) An application, not being an application for leave to
appeal, which may be heard by a single judge shall unless
otherwise directed be heard in chambers.
(8) An application which may under the provisions of this
Order be heard by the registrar shall be heard in chambers.
(9) The registrar may refer to a single judge any matter
which he thinks should properly be decided by a single
judge, and, following such reference, the judge may either
dispose of the matter or refer it back to the registrar
with such direction as the single judge thinks fit.
(10) A single judge may refer to the Court of Appeal any
matter which he thinks should properly be decided by that
Court, and following such reference, that Court may either
dispose of the matter or refer it back to a single judge
or the registrar, with such directions as that Court thinks
fit.
(11) An appeal shall lie to a single judge from any
determination made by the registrar and shall be brought
by way of fresh application made within 10 days of the
determination appealed against.
(12) An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any
determination by a single judge, not being the determination
of an application for leave to appeal, and shall be
brought by way of fresh application made within 10 days
of the determination appealed against.
Provided that an appeal shall not lie to the Court of Appeal
without the leave of that Court in respect of a determination
of the registrar which has been reviewed by a single judge.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302114>
<idno type=num>
302114
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302115>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 859
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 62, Rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3 (3.2.5.5) 2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, interpretation
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Interpretation (O.62, r.1).

1. - (1) In this Order -

"certificate" includes allocatur;

"contentious business" and "non-contentious business"
have the same meanings respectively as in the Solicitors
Act 1974;

"costs" includes fees, charges, disbursements, expenses
and remuneration;

"the Court" means the Supreme Court or any one or more
judges thereof, whether sitting in court or in chambers,
or any master, registrar or registrar of a district
registry.

"proceedings in the Family Division" includes proceedings
in the Court of Appeal on an application or appeal made
in connection with proceedings in that Division or on
an appeal from a judgment, direction, decision or order
of a county court given or made in probate proceedings
(as defined by the County Courts Act 1959, or a
matrimonial cause or matter;

"registrar" (except where the context otherwise requires)
means the Admiralty Registrar or a registrar of the
Family Division.

"taxed costs" means costs taxed in accordance with this
Order;

"taxing master" means a master of the Supreme Court
(Taxing Office);

"taxing officer" (except where otherwise expressly provided)
includes any person who by virtue of this Order has power
to tax costs.

(2) In this Order references to a fund, being a fund out
of which costs are to be paid or which is held by a trustee
or personal representative include references to any estate
or property, whether real or personal, held for the benefit
of any personal or class of persons; and references to
a fund held by a trustee or personal representative include
references to any fund to which he is entitled (whether
alone or together with any other person) in that capacity,
whether the fund is for the time being in his possession
or not.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302115>
<idno type=num>
302115
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302116>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 859-860
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 62, Rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, application of order
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application (O.62, r.2).

2. - (1) This Order shall have effect in relation to all
criminal proceedings in the Queen's Bench Division or
Court of Appeal.

(2) Where by virtue of any Act the costs of or incidental
to any proceedings before an arbitrator or umpire or
before a tribunal or other body constituted by or under
any Act, not being proceedings in the Supreme Court,
are taxable in the High Court, the following provisions
of this Order, that is to say, rule 7 (4) and (5) rule
8 (6) rules 14 to 16, rule 17 (1) rule 18, rule 21
(except paragraph (3)) rule 22 to 26 and rules 33 to 35,
shall have effect in relation to proceedings for taxation
of those costs as they have effect in relation to proceedings
for taxation of the costs of or arising out of proceedings
in the Family Division.

(3) This Order shall have effect subject to sections 47
and 60 of the County Courts Act, 1959 (which limit the
costs recoverable in relation to certain proceedings
which could have been commenced in a county court) and
to any other Act of Parliament.

(4) The powers and discretion of the Court as to costs
under section 51 of the Act (which provides that the
costs of and incidental to proceedings in the Supreme
Court shall be in the discretion of the Court and that
the Court shall have full power to determine by whom and
to what extent the costs are to be paid) and under the
enactments relating to the costs of criminal proceedings
to which this Order applies shall be exercised subject
to and in accordance with this Order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302116>
<idno type=num>
302116
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302117>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 891-892
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 62, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, entitlement to costs
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
When costs to follow the event (O.62, r.3).

3. - (1) Subject to the following provisions of this
Order, no party shall be entitled to recover any costs
of or incidental to any proceedings from any other party
to the proceedings except under an order of the Court.

(2) If the Court in the exercise of its discretion sees
fit to make any order as to the costs of or incidental
to any proceedings, the Court shall, subject to this Order,
order the costs to follow the event, except when it
appears to the Court that in the circumstances of the
case some other order should be made as to the whole or
any part of the costs.

(3) The costs of and occasioned by any amendment made
without leave in the writ of summons or any pleading
shall be borne by the party making the amendment, unless
the Court otherwise orders.

(4) The costs of and occasioned by any application to
extend the time fixed by these rules, or any direction
or order thereunder, for serving or filing any document
or doing any other act (including the costs of any order
made on the application) shall be borne by the party making
the application, unless the Court otherwise orders.

(5) If a party on whom a notice to admit facts is served
under Order 27, rule 2, refuses or neglects to admit the
facts within 7 days after the service on him of the notice
or such longer time as may be allowed by the Court, the
costs of proving the facts shall be paid by him, unless
the Court otherwise orders.

(6) If a party -

(a) on whom a list of documents is served in pursuance
of any provision of Order 24, or

(b) on whom a notice to admit documents is served under
Order 27, rule 5,

gives notice of non-admission of any of the documents
in accordance with Order 27, rule 4 (2) or 5 (2) as the
case may  be, the costs of proving that document shall be
paid by him, unless the Court otherwise orders.

(7) Where a defendant by notice in writing and without
leave discontinues his counterclaim against any party
or withdraws any particular claim made by him therein
against any party, that party shall, unless the Court
otherwise directs, be entitled to his costs of the
counterclaim or his costs occasioned by the claim withdrawn,
as the case may be, incurred to the time of receipt of
the notice of discontinuance or withdrawal.

(8) Where a plaintiff accepts money paid into Court by
a defendant who counterclaimed against him, then, if the
notice of payment given by that defendant stated that he
had taken into account and satisfied the cause of action
or, as the case may be, all the causes of action in respect
of which he counterclaimed, that defendant shall, unless
the Court otherwise directs, be entitled to his costs of
the counterclaim incurred to the time of receipt of the
notice of acceptance by the plaintiff of the money paid
into court.

(9) Where any person claiming to be a creditor -

(a) seeks to establish his claim to a debt under any
judgment or order in accordance with Order 44, or

(b) comes in to prove his title, debt or claim in relation
to a company in pursuance of any such notice as is mentioned
in Order 102 rule 13

he shall, if his claim succeeds, be entitled to his costs
incurred in establishing it, unless the Court otherwise
directs, and, if his claim or any part of it fails, may
be ordered to pay the costs of any person incurred in
opposing it.

(10) Where a claimant is entitled to costs under paragraph
(9) the amount of the costs shall be fixed by the Court
unless it thinks fit to direct taxation and the amount
fixed or allowed shall be added to the claimant's debt.

(11) Where a claimant (other than a person claiming to
be a creditor) having established a claim to be entitled
under a judgment or order in accordance with Order 44
has been served with notice of the judgment or order
pursuant to rule 3 or 15 of that Order, he shall, if he
acknowledges service of the notice be entitled as part
of his costs of action (if allowed) to costs incurred
in establishing his claim, unless the Court otherwise
directs; and where such a claimant fails to establish
his claim or any part of it he may be ordered to pay
the costs of any person incurred in opposing it.

(12) Where an application is made in accordance with
Order 24, rule 7A, or Order 29, rule 7A, for an order
under section 33 or 34 of the Act, the person against
whom the order is sought shall be entitled, unless
the Court otherwise directs, to his costs of and
incidental to the application and of complying with any
order made thereon and he may, after giving the applicant
7 days' notice of his intention to do so, tax such costs
and, if they are not paid within 4 days after taxation,
sign judgment for them.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302117>
<idno type=num>
302117
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302118>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 894
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 62, Rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs, stage of proceedings at which costs to be dealt with
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Stage of proceedings at which costs to be dealt with
(O.62, r.4).

4. - (1) Costs may be dealt with by the Court at any stage
of the proceedings or after the conclusion of the
proceedings; and any order of the Court for the payment
of any costs may, if the Court thinks fit, and the person
against whom the order is made is not an assisted person
require the costs to be paid forthwith notwithstanding
that the proceedings have not been concluded.

(2) In the case of an appeal the costs of the proceedings
giving rise to the appeal, as well as the costs of the
appeal and of the proceedings connected with it, may be
dealt with by the Court hearing the appeal; and in
the case of any proceedings transferred or removed to
the High Court from any other court, the costs of the
whole proceedings, both before and after the transfer
or removal, may (subject to any order of the court
ordering the transfer or removal) be dealt with by the
Court to which the proceedings are transferred or
removed.

(3) Where under paragraph (2) the Court makes an order
as to the costs of any proceedings before another court,
rules 28, 31 and 32 shall not apply in relation to those
costs, but, except in relation to costs of proceedings
transferred or removed from a county court, the order -

(a) shall specify the amount of the costs to be allowed,
or

(b) shall direct that the costs shall be assessed by the
court before which the proceedings took place or taxed
by an officer of that court, or

(c) if the order is made on appeal from a county court
in relation to proceedings in that court, may direct that
the costs shall be taxed by a taxing officer.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302118>
<idno type=num>
302118
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302119>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.995
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, personal service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
1.-(1) Any document which by the virtue of these rules
is required to be served on any person need not be served
personally unless the document is one which by an express
provision of these rules or by order of the Court is
required to be so served.
   (2) Paragraph (1) shall not affect the power of the
Court under any provision of these rules to dispense with
the requirement for personal sevice.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302119>
<idno type=num>
302119
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302120>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.995
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, personal service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
  2. Personal service of a document is effected by
leaving a copy of the document with the person to be
served.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302120>
<idno type=num>
302120
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302121>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1006
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, substituted service,
application for substituted service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 4.-(1) If, in the case of any document which by virtue
of any provision of these rules is required to be served
personally or a document to which Order 10, rule 1,
applies, it appears to the Court that it is impracticable
for any reason to serve the document in the manner
prescribed on that person, the Court may take an order
for substituted service of that document.
    (2) An application for an order for substituted
service may be made by an affidavit stating the facts on
which the application is founded.
    (3) Substituted service of a document, in relation to
which an order is made under this rule, is effected by
taking such steps as the Court may direct to bring the
document to the notice of the person to be served.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302121>
<idno type=num>
302121
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302122>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1012-1013
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, affecting service, ordinary service,
address for service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 5.-(1) Service of any document, not being a document
which by virtue of any provision of these rules is
required to be served personally or a document to which
Order 10, rule 1, applies may be effected -
      (a) by leaving the document at the proper address of
          the person to be served, or
      (b) by post, or
      (c) in such other manner as the Court may direct.
    (2) For the purposes of this rule, and of section 7
of the Interpretation Act 1978, in its application to
this rule, the proper address of any person on whom a
document is to be served in accordance with this rule
shall be the address for service of that person, but if
at the time when service is effected that person has no
address for service his proper address for the purposes
aforesaid shall be -
       (a) in any case, the business address of the
           solicitor (if any) who is acting for him in
           the proceedings in connection with which
           service of the document in question is to be
           effected, or
       (b) in the case of an individual, his usual or
           last known address, or
       (c) in the case of individuals who are suing or
           being sued in the name of a firm, the
           principal or last known place of business of
           the firm within the jurisdiction, or
       (d) in the case of a body corporate, the registered
           or principal office of the body.
    (3) Nothing of this rule shall be taken as prohibiting
the personal service of any document or as affecting any
enactment which provides for the manner in which
documents may be served on bodies corporate.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302122>
<idno type=num>
302122
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302123>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1016
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, when to effect service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 7. Any document (other than a writ of summons or other
originating process) service of which is effected under
rule 2 or under rule 5 (1) (a) between 12 noon on a
Saturday and midnight on the following day or after
4 in the afternoon on any other weekday shall, for the
purpose of computing any period of time after service
of that document, be deemed to have been served on the
Monday following that Saturday or on the day following
that other weekday, as the case may be.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302123>
<idno type=num>
302123
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302124>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1016
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, affidavit of service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 8. Except as provided in Order 10, rule 1 (3) (b) and
Order 81, rule 3 (2) (b) an affidavit of service of any
document must state by whom the document was served, the
day of the week and date on which it was served, where
it was served and how.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302124>
<idno type=num>
302124
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302125>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1016
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, no address for service,
default in acknowledging service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 9. Where by virtue of these rules any document is
required to be served on any person but is not required to
be served personally or in accordance with Order 10,
rule 1 (2) and at the time when service is to be
effected that person is in default as to acknowledgement
of service or has no address for service, the document
need not be served on that person unless the Court
otherwise directs or any of these rules otherwise
provides.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302125>
<idno type=num>
302125
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302126>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1017
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 65, rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
process, service of process
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
 10.-(1) No process shall be served or executed within
the jurisdiction on a Sunday except, in case of urgency,
with the leave of the Court.
     (2) For the purposes of this rule  " process "
includes a writ, judgment, notice, order, petition,
originating or other summons or warrant.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302126>
<idno type=num>
302126
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302127>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1141
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, next friend
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Interpretation (O.80, r. 1).

1. In this Order -
"the Act" means the Mental Health Act;
"patient" means a person who, by reason of mental disorder
within the meaning of the Act, is incapable of managing
and administering his property and affairs;
"person under disability" means a person who is an infant
or a patient.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302127>
<idno type=num>
302127
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302128>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1141-1142
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, order 80, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, next friend, guardian ad litem
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Person under disability must sue, ect., by next friend or
guardian ad litem (O.80, r. 2).

2 - (1) A person under disability may not bring, or make a
claim, in any proceedings except by his next friend and may
not acknowledge service, defend, make a counterclaim or
intervene in any proceedings, or appear in any proceedings
under a judgment or order notice of which has been served on him, except by his
guardian ad litem.
(2) Subject to the provisions of these rules, anything which
in the ordinary conduct of any proceedings is required or
authorised by a provision of these rules to be done by a
party to the proceedings shall or may, if the party is a
person under disability, be done by his next friend or
guardian ad litem.
(3) A next friend or guardian ad litem of a person under
disability must act by a solicitor.

</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302128>
<idno type=num>
302128
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302129>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1146-1147
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
next friend, guardian ad litem, person under disability,
patient in proceedings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appointment of next friend or guardian ad litem (O.80, r. 3).

3 - (1) [Revoked by R.S.C. (Amendment No. 4.) 1971 (S.I.
1971 No. 1269).].
(2) Except as provided by paragraph (4) or (5) or by rule
6, an order appointing a person next friend or guardian
ad litem of a person under disability is not necessary.
(3) Where a person is authorised under Part VII of the Act
to conduct legal proceedings in the name of a patient or
on his behalf, that person shall be entitled to be next
friend or guardian ad litem, as the case may be, of the
patient in any proceedings to which his authority extends
unless, in a case to which paragraph (4) or (5) or rule 6
applies, some other person is appointed by the Court under
that paragraph or rule to be next friend or guardian ad
litem, as the case may be, of the patient in those
proceedings.
(4) Where a person has been or is next friend or guardian
ad litem of a person under disability in any proceedings,
no other person shall be entitled to act as such friend or
guardian, as the case may be, of the person under disability
in those proceedings unless the Court makes an order
appointing him such friend or guardian in substitution for
the person previously acting in that capacity.
(5) Where, after any proceedings have been begun, a party
to the proceedings becomes a patient, an application must
be made to the Court for the appointment of a person to be
next friend or guardian ad litem, as the case may be, of
that party.
(6) Except where the next friend or guardian ad litem, as
the case may be, of a person under disability has been
appointed by the Court -
(a) the name of any person shall not be used in a cause
    or matter as next friend of a person under disability,
(b) service shall not be acknowledged in a cause or matter
    for a person under disability, and
(c) a person under disability shall not be entitled to
    appear by his guardian ad litem on the hearing of a
    petition, summons or motion which, or notice of which,
    has been served on him,
unless and until the documents listed in paragraph (8) have
been filed in the appropriate office.
(7) The appropriate office for the purpose of paragraph (6)
is the office of the Supreme Court which has the conduct
of the business of the division or court in which the
cause or matter is proceeding or, if it is proceeding in a
district registry, that registry.
(8) The documents referred to in paragraph (6) are the
following -
(a) a written consent to be next friend or guardian ad
    litem, as the case may be, of the person under
    disability in the cause or matter in question given by
    the person proposing to be such friend or guardian;
(b) where the person proposing to be such friend or guardian
    of the person under disability, being a patient, is
    authorised under Part VII of the Act to conduct the
    proceedings in the cause or matter in question in the
    name of the patient or on his behalf, an office copy,
    sealed with the official seal of the Court of Protection,
    of the order or other authorisation made or given under
    the said part VII by virtue of which he is so authorised;
    and
(c) except where the person proposing to be such friend or
    guardian of the person under disability, being a patient,
    is authorised as mentioned in sub-paragraph (b) a
    certificate made by the solicitor for the person under
    disability certifying -
      (i) that he knows or believes, as the case may be,
    that the person to whom the certificate relates is an
    infant or a patient, giving (in the case of a patient)
    the grounds of his knowledge or belief; and
      (ii) where the person under disability is a patient,
    that there is no person authorised as aforesaid; and
      (iii) except where the person named in the certificate
    as next friend or guardian ad litem, as the case may be,
    is the official solicitor, that the person so named has
    no interest in the cause or matter in question adverse
    to that of the person under disability.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302129>
<idno type=num>
302129
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302130>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1148-1149
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, guardian ad litem
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appointment of guardian where person under disability does
not acknowledge service (O.80, r. 6).

6 - (1) Where -
(a) in an action against a person under disability begun
    by writ, or by originating summons no acknowledgment
    of service is given in the action for that person, or
(b) the defendant to an action serves a defence and
    counterclaim on a person under disability who is not
    already a party to the action, and no acknowledgment
    of service is given for that person,
an application for the appointment by the Court of a
guardian ad litem of that person must be made by the
plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be, after the time
limited (as respects that person) for acknowledging service
and before proceeding further with the action or
counterclaim.
(2) Where a party to an action has served on a person under
disability who is not already a party to the action a third
party notice within the meaning of Order 16 and no
acknowledgment of service is given for that person to the
notice, an application for the appointment by the Court of
a guardian ad litem of that person must be made by that
party after the time limited (as respects that person) for
acknowledging service and before proceeding further with the
third party proceedings.
(3) Where in any proceedings against a person under
disability begun by petition or motion, that person does
not appear by a guardian ad litem at the hearing of the
petition of motion, as the case may be, the Court hearing
it may appoint a guardian ad litem of that person in the
proceedings or direct that an application be made by the
petitioner or applicant, as the case may be, for the
appointment of such a guardian.
(4) At any stage in the proceedings in the Chancery Division
under any judgment or order, notice of which has been served
on a person under disability, the Court may, if no
acknowledgment of service is given for that person, appoint
a guardian ad litem of that person in the proceedings or
direct that an application be made for the appointment of
such a guardian.
(5) An application under paragraph (1) or (2) must be
supported by evidence proving -
(a) that the person to whom the application relates is a
    person under disability,
(b) that the person proposed as guardian ad litem is willing
    and a proper person to act as such and has no interest
    in the proceedings adverse to that of the person under
    disability,
(c) that the writ, originating summons, defence and
    counterclaim or third party notice, as the case may be,
    was duly served on the person under disability, and
(d) subject to paragraph (6) that notice of the application
    was, after the expiration of the time limited for
    acknowledging service and at least 7 days before the day
    named in the notice for hearing of the application, so
    served on him.
(6) If the Court so directs, notice of an application under
paragraph (1) or (2) need not be served on a person under
disability.
(7) An application for the appointment of a guardian ad
litem made in compliance with a direction of the Court
given under paragraph (3) or (4) must be supported by
evidence proving the matters referred to in paragraph (5)
(b).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302130>
<idno type=num>
302130
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302131>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1150
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, discharge of order,
variation of order, guardian ad litem
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application to discharge or vary certain orders (O.80, r. 7).

7 - An application to the Court on behalf of a person under
disability served with an order made ex parte under Order
15, rule 7, for the discharge or variation of the order must
be made -
(a) if a next friend or guardian ad litem is acting for
    that person in the cause or matter in which the order
    is made, within 14 days after the service of the order
    on that person;
(b) if there is not next friend or guardian ad litem acting
    for that person in that cause or matter, within 14
    days after the appointment of such a friend or guardian
    to act for him.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302131>
<idno type=num>
302131
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302132>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1151
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, admission not to be implied
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Admission not to be implied from pleading of person under
disability (O.80, r. 8).

8. Notwithstanding anything in Order 18, rule 13 (1) a person under disability
shall not be taken to admit the
truth of any allegation of fact made in the pleading of
the opposite party by reason only that he has not traversed
it in his pleadings.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302132>
<idno type=num>
302132
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302133>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1151
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
discovery, interrogatory, person under disability,
next friend, guardian ad litem
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Discovery and interrogatories (O.80, r. 9)#

9. Orders 24 and 26 shall apply to a person under disability
and to his next friend or guardian ad litem.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302133>
<idno type=num>
302133
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302134>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1151
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, settlement, compromise, payment,
acceptance of money paid into court
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Compromise, etc., by person under disability (O.80, r. 10).

10. Where in any proceedings money is claimed by or on
behalf of a person under disability, no settlement,
compromise or payment and no acceptance of money paid into
court, whenever entered into or made, shall so far as it
relates to that person's claim be valid without the
approval of the court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302134>
<idno type=num>
302134
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302135>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1151-1152
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 11
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
approval of settlement, claim for money,
person under disability
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Approval of settlement (O.80, r. 11).

11 - (1) Where, before proceedings in which a claim for
money is made by or on behalf of a person under disability
(whether alone or in conjunction with any other person) are
begun, an agreement is reached for the settlement of the
claim, and it is desired to obtain the Court's approval to
the settlement, then, notwithstanding anything in Order 5,
rule 2, the claim may be made in proceedings begun by
originating summons and in the summons an application may
also be made for -
(a) the approval of the Court to the settlement and such
    orders or directions as may be necessary to give effect
    to it or as may be necessary or expedient under section
    174 of the County Courts Act, 1959, or rule 12, or
(b) alternatively, directions as to the further prosecution
    of the claim.
(2) Where in proceedings under this rule a claim is made under
the Fatal Accidents Act 1976 the originating summons must
include the particulars mentioned in section 2 (4) of that
Act.
(3) Without prejudice to Order 7, rule 5, and Order 75,
rule 36 (1) an originating summons under this rule may be
issued out of any district registry notwithstanding that
the proceedings are assigned to the Chancery Division.
(4) An originating summons under this Rule shall be in
Form No. 10 in Appendix A.
(5) In this rule "settlement" includes a compromise.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302135>
<idno type=num>
302135
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302136>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1155-1156
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 12
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability, recovery of money, control of money,
next friend, guardian ad litem
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Control of money recovered by person under disability (O.80,
r. 12).

12 - (1) Where in any proceedings -
(a) money is recovered by or on behalf of, or adjudged or
    ordered or agreed to be paid to, or for the benefit of, a
    person under disability, or
(b) money paid into court is accepted by or on behalf of a
    plaintiff who is a person under disability,
the money shall be dealt with in accordance with directions
given by the Court, whether under section 174 of the County
Courts Act, 1959, or this rule, or under both that section
and this rule and not otherwise.
(2) Directions given under this rule may provide that the
money shall, as to the whole or any part thereof, be paid
into the High Court and invested or otherwise dealt with
there.
(3) Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this
rule, directions given under this rule may include any
general or special directions that the Court thinks fit to
give and, in particular, directions as to how the money is
to be applied or dealt with and as to any payment to be made,
either directly or out of the amount paid into court and
whether before or after the money is transferred to or
paid into a county court, to the plaintiff, or to the next
friend in respect of moneys paid or expenses incurred for
or on behalf or for the benefit of the person under
disability or for his maintenance or otherwise for his
benefit or to the plaintiff's solicitor in respect of costs.
(4) Where in pursuance of directions given under this rule
money is paid into the High Court to be invested or
otherwise dealt with there, the money (including any
interest thereon) shall not be paid out, nor shall any
securities in which the money is invested, or the
dividends thereon, be sold, transferred or paid out of
court, except in accordance with an order of the Court.
(5) The foregoing provisions of this rule shall apply in
relation to a counterclaim by or on behalf of a person
under disability, and a claim made by or on behalf of such
a person in an action by any other person for relief under
section 504 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894, as if for
references to a plaintiff and a next friend there were
substituted references to a defendant and to a guardian ad
litem respectively.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302136>
<idno type=num>
302136
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302137>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1161
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 13
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
person under disability
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Provisions supplementary to r. 12 (O.80, r. 13).

13 - (1) Where under section 174 the County Courts Act,
1959, money to which a person under disability is entitled
is ordered to be transferred from the High Court to a county
court or to be paid into a county court, the following
provisions of this rule shall apply.
(2) Where the money is ordered to be transferred to a county
court, the proper officer of the High Court shall send a
sealed copy of the order and the payment schedule to the
Accountant General, who shall proceed in accordance with
rule 50 of the Supreme Court Funds Rules 1975.
(3) Where the money is ordered to be paid into a county
court, the proper officer of the High Court shall send a
sealed copy of the judgment or order to the registrar of
the county court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302137>
<idno type=num>
302137
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302138>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1162
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 15
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
apportionment by court, money paid into court, causes of action,
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Proceedings under Fatal Accidents Act: apportionment by
Court (O.80, r. 15).

15 - (1) Where a single sum of money is paid into court
under Order 22, rule 1, in satisfaction of causes of action,
arising under the Fatal Accidents Act 1976, and the Law
Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1934, and that sum is
accepted, the money shall be apportioned between the
different causes of action by the Court either when giving
directions for dealing with it under rule 12 (if that rule
applies) or when authorising its payment out of court.
(2) Where, in an action in which a claim under the Fatal
Accidents Act 1976 is made by or on behalf of more than
one person, a sum in respect of damages is adjudged or
ordered or agreed to be paid in satisfaction of the claim, or a sum of money
paid into court under Order 22, rule 1,
is accepted in satisfaction of the cause of action under
the said Act; then, unless the sum has been apportioned
between the persons entitled thereto by a jury, it shall
be apportioned between those persons by the Court.
The reference in this paragraph to a sum of money paid into
court shall be construed as including a reference to part
of a sum so paid, being the part apportioned by the Court
under paragraph (1) to the cause of action under the said
Act.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302138>
<idno type=num>
302138
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302139>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
RSC
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 1163
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
RSC, Order 80, Rule 16
</biblscope>
<title>
The Rules of the Supreme Court
</title>
<date>
1985
</date>
<publisher>
Sweet and Maxwell
</publisher>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 2.1 + 2.1.1
2. Emne: DA: parterne; partshabilitet; proceshabilitet;
             procesfuldmagt; partskompetence
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, person under disability
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Service of certain documents on person under disability
(O.80, r. 16).

16 - (1) Where in any proceedings a document is required to
be served personally or in accordance with Order 10, rule
1 (2) on any person and that person is a person under
disability this rule shall apply.
(2) Subject to the following provisions of this rule and to
Order 24, rule 16 (3) and Order 26, rule 6 (3) the documents
must be served -
(a) in the case of an infant who is not also a patient, on
    his father or guardian or, if he has no father or guardian,
    on the person with whom he resides or in whose care he is;
(b) in the case of a patient, on the person (if any) who is
    authorised under part VII of the Act to conduct in the
    name of the patient or on his behalf the proceedings in
    connection with which the document is to be served or,
    if there is no person so authorised, on the person with
    whom he resides or in whose care he is;
and must be served in the manner required by these rules with
respect to the document in question.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (2) the Court may
order that a document which has been, or is to be, served
on the person under disability or on a person other than a
person mentioned in that paragraph shall be deemed to be
duly served on the person under disability.
(4) A judgment or order requiring a person to do, or refrain
from doing, any act, a notice of motion or summons for the
committal for any person, and a writ of subpoena against
any person, must, if that person is a person under
disability, be served personally on him unless the Court
otherwise orders.
This paragraph shall not apply to an order for
interrogatories or for discovery or inspection of documents.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302139>
<idno type=num>
302139
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1985
</date>
<s type=ref>
(RSC)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.21)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(parterne) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302140>
<bibl>
<s type=ref>
SCA
</s>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9 RSC
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1293
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
SCA, Section 16
</biblscope>
<title>
Supreme Court Act
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
lov
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeal, appeals from High Court
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeals from High Court.

16.-(1) Subjects as otherwise provided by this or any
other Act (and in particular to the provision in section
13(2)(a) of the Administration of Justice Act 1969
excluding appeals to the Court of Appeal in cases where
leave to appeal from the High Court directly to the
House of Lords is granted under Part II of that Act)
the Court of Appeal shall have jurisdiction to hear and
determine appeals from any judgment or order of the
High Court.
   (2) An appeal from a judgment or order of the High
Court when acting as a prize court shall not be to the
Court of Appeal, but shall be to Her Majesty in Council
in accordance with the Prize Acts 1864 to 1944.

Appeals directly from the High Court to the House of
Lords -  " leap-frog appeals ". - See A.J.A.1969,
s.13 (para.5431) and House of Lords (Civil Appeals)
Standing Order X (para.4993).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302140>
<idno type=num>
302140
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(SCA)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(lov)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302141>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
SCA
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1293-1294
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
SCA, Section 17
</biblscope>
<title>
Supreme Court Act
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
lov
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
applications for new trial, appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Applications for new trial.

17.-(1) Where any cause or matter, or any issue in any
cause or matter, has been tried in the High Court, any
application for a new trial thereof, or to set aside a
verdict, finding or judgment therein, shall be heard and
determined by the Court of Appeal except where rules of
court made in pursuance of subsection (2) provide
otherwise.
  (2) As regards cases where the trial was by a judge
alone and no error of the court at the trial is alleged,
or any prescribed class of such cases, rules of court
may provide that any such application as is mentioned
in subsection (1) shall be heard and determined by the
High Court.
  (3) Nothing in this section shall alter the practice
in bankruptcy.

Effect of the section - See Vol.1,para.59/2/1.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302141>
<idno type=num>
302141
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(SCA)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(lov)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302142>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
SCA
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.1294-1295
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
SCA, Section 17
</biblscope>
<title>
Supreme Court Act
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
lov
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
restrictions on appeals to Court of Appeal, appeal
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Restrictions on appeals to Court of Appeal.

18.-(1) No appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal -
    (a) except as provided by the Administration of
        Justice Act 1960, from any judgment of the
        High Court in any criminal cause or matter;
    (b) from any order of the High Court or any other
        court or tribunal allowing an extension of time
        for appealing from a judgment or order;
    (c) from any order, judgment or decision of the High
        Court or any other court or tribunal which, by
        virtue of any provision (however expressed) of
        this or any other Act, is final;
    (d) from a decree absolute of divorce or nullity of
        marriage, by a party who, having had time and
        opportunity to appeal from the decree nisi on
        which that decree was founded, has not appealed
        from the decree nisi;
    (e) without the leave of the divisional court in
        question or of the Court of Appeal, from the
        determination by a divisional court of any appeal
        to the High Court;
    (f) without the leave of the court or tribunal in
        question, from any order of the High Court or
        any other court or tribunal made with the consent
        of the parties or relating only to costs which
        are by law left to the discretion of the court or
        tribunal;
    (g) except as provided by the Arbitration Act 1979,
        from any decision of the High Court -
        (i)  on an appeal under section 1 of that Act on
             a question of law arising out of an
             arbitration award; or
        (ii) under section 2 of that Act on a question
             of law arising in the course of a
             reference;
    (h) without the leave of the court or tribunal in
        question or of the Court of Appeal, from any
        interlocutory order or interlocutory judgment
        made or given by the High Court or any other
        court or tribunal, except in the following
        cases, namely -
        (i)   where the liberty of the subject or the
              custody, education or welfare of a minor
              is concerned;
        (ii)  where an applicant for access to a minor
              is refused all access to the minor;
        (iii) where an injunction or the appointment of
              a receiver is granted or refused;
        (iv)  in the case of a decision determining the
              claim of any creditor, or the liability of
              any contributory or of any director or
              other officer, under the law relating to
              companies;
        (v)   in the case of a decree nisi in a
              matrimonial cause, or a judgment or order
              in an admiralty action determining
              liability;
        (vi)  in such other cases as may be prescribed.
(2) For the purposes of the subsection (1)(h) -
    (a) an order refusing unconditional leave to defend
        an action shall not be treated as an
        interlocutory order; and
    (b) "education" includes training and religious
        instruction.

   The effect of the various restrictions on appeals
contained in this section is discussed in detail in
Vol. 1, paras.59/1/8 et seq.
   For commentary on the meaning of  " Criminal cause or
matter "  see Vol. 1, para59/1/8.
   For an account of the distinction between interlocutory
and final orders and judgments, see Vol. 1,para.59/1/15.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302142>
<idno type=num>
302142
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(SCA)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(lov)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302143>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.277
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part I, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, the person to be served
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
General mode of service.

1.-(1) Where by virtue of these rules any document is
required to be served on any person and no other mode of
service is prescribed by any Act or rule, the document
may be served -
     (a) if the person to be served is acting in person,
         by delivering it to him personally or by
         delivering it at, or sending it by first-class
         post to, his address for service or, if he has
         no address for service -
         (i)  by delivering the document at his residence
              or by sending it by first-class post to his
              last known residence, or
         (ii) in the case of a proprietor of a business,
              by delivering the document at his place of
              business or sending it by first-class post
              to his last known place of business;
     (b) if the person to be served is acting by a
         solicitor, by delivering the document at, or
         sending it by first-class post to, the
         solicitor's address for service.
   (2) In this Order  ' first-class post ' means
first-class post which has been pre-paid or in respect
of which prepayment is not required.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302143>
<idno type=num>
302143
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302144>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.277
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part I, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, personal service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Personal service.

2. Where any document is required by an Act or rule to
be served personally -
   (a) service shall be effected by leaving the document
       with the person to be served;
   (b) the document may be served by -
       (i)   a bailiff of the court or, if the person to
             be served attends at the office of the
             court, any officer of the court; or
       (ii)  a party to the proceedings or some person
             acting as his agent; or
       (iii) the solicitor of a party or a solicitor
             acting as an agent for such solicitor or
             some person employed by either solicitor to
             serve the document;
but service shall not be effected by any person under the
age of 16 years.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302144>
<idno type=num>
302144
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302145>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.278
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part I, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, process served or executed
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Days on which no service permitted.

3. Witout prejudice to Order 40, rule 5 (5), no process
shall be served or executed within England or Wales on
Sunday, Good Friday, or Christmas Day except, in the
case of urgency, with the leave of the court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302145>
<idno type=num>
302145
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302146>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.278
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part I, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, the person effecting the service,
certificate of service, affidavit of service,
proof of service, non-service, certificate of non-service,
notice of non-service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Proof of service or non-service.

6.-(1) The person effecting the service of any document
shall -
       (a) if he is an officer of the court, make, sign
           and file a certificate showing the date, place
           and mode of service and any conduct money paid
           or tendered to the person served; and
       (b) if he is not an officer of the court, file an
           affidavit of service.
    (2) A bailiff who has failed to effect service of any
document to be served by bailiff shall make, sign and
file a certificate of non-service showing the reason why
service has not been effected, and the proper officer of
the bailiff's court shall send notice of non-service to
the person at whose insistance the document was issued.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302146>
<idno type=num>
302146
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302147>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 278
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part I, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, substituted service,
order for substituted service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Substituted service.

8 - (1) If it appears to the court that it is impracticable
for any reason to serve a document in any manner prescribed
by these rules for the service of that document, the court
may, upon an affidavit showing grounds, make an order (in
this rule called 'an order for substituted service')
giving leave for such steps to be taken as the court directs
to bring the document to the notice of the person to be
served.
(2) Where a document is to be served by bailiff, the proper
officer of the bailiff's court shall, if so requested,
take such steps as may be necessary to provide evidence on
which an order for substituted service may be made.

</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302147>
<idno type=num>
302147
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302148>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 278
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part II, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
default summons, fixed date summons, summons
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Part II. Default and Fixed Date Summonses.

Application of Part II.

9. Except as otherwise provided, this Part of this Order
shall apply to both default and fixed date summonses and
'summons' shall be construed accordingly.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302148>
<idno type=num>
302148
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302149>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 478-479
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part II, rule 10
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, mode of service, request for summons,
service of summons, notice of non-service, bailiff service,
return day
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Mode of service.

10 - (1) Subject to the provisions of any Act or rule
(including the following paragraphs of this rule), service
of a summons shall be effected-
(a) by the plaintiff delivering the summons to the
    defendant personally, or
(b) by an officer of the court sending it by first-class
    post to the defendant at the address stated in the
    request for the summons [1983].
(2) Unless the plaintiff or his solicitor otherwise
requests, service shall be effected in accordance with
paragraph (1) (b) [1983].
(3) Where a summons is served in accordance with paragraph
(1) (b), the date of service shall, unless the contrary is
shown, be deemed to be the seventh day after the date on
which the summons was sent to the defendant [1983].
(4) Where a summons has been sent by post in accordance
with paragraph (1) (b) to the address stated in the request
for the summons and has been returned to the court office
undelivered, notice of non-service shall be sent pursuant
to rule 6 (2) together with a notice informing the plaintiff
that he may request bailiff service at that address and, if
such service is requested, it shall be effected by a bailiff
of the court -
(a) inserting the summons, enclosed in an envelope
    addressed to the defendant, through the letter box at the
    address stated in the request for the summons, or
(b) delivering the summons to some person, apparently not
    less than 16 years old, at the address stated in the
    request for the summons, or
(c) delivering the summons to the defendant personally
    [1983].
(5) Service of a fixed date summons shall be effected not
less than 21 days before the return day; but, without
prejudice to the power to abridge that period under Order
13, rule 4, service may be effected at any time before the
return day on the plaintiff satisfying the registrar by
affidavit that the defendant is about to remove from the
address stated in the request for the summons [1983].
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302149>
<idno type=num>
302149
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302150>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 279
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part II, rule 11
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, solicitor accepting service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Solicitor accepting service.

11. Where a defendant's solicitor gives a cerfificate that
he accepts service of the summons on behalf of that
defendant and stating an address for service, the summons
shall be deemed to have been duly served on that defendant
on the date on which the certificate was made.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302150>
<idno type=num>
302150
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302151>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 279
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part II, rule 12
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, presumed service
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Presumed service of summons.

12. Where a summons has not been served in accordance with
rule 10 but the defendant delivers to the court office a
defence, admission or counterclaim, the summons shall be
deemed, unless the contrary is shown, to have been duly
served on him on the date on which the defence, admission
or counterclaim was so delivered.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302151>
<idno type=num>
302151
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302153>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p. 280
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 7, part II, rule 21
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1 + 3.2.1.3
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse; kommunikative proceshandlinger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
service of documents, notice of service of default summons,
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Notice of service of default summons.

21. Where a default summons has been served by a bailiff
or other officer of a county court, the proper officer to
that court shall send notice of service to the plaintiff.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302153>
<idno type=num>
302153
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302154>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.284-285
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 13, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.4
2. Emne: DA: domsforhandlingen
</s>
<s type=keywords>
applications and orders in the course of proceedings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
General provisions.

1.-(1) Except as otherwise provided, the following
paragraphs of this rule shall have effect in relation to
any application authorised by or under any Act or rule
to be made in the course of an action or matter before
or after judgment.
   (2) Unless allowed or authorised to be made ex parte,
the application shall be filed and served on the opposite
party not less than two days before the hearing of the
application.
    (3) Where the application is made ex parte, notice
of the application shall be filed a reasonable time before
the application is heard, unless the court otherwise
directs.
    (4) Unless allowed or authorised to be made otherwise,
every application shall be heard in chambers.
    (5) Where any party to the application fails to
attend on the hearing the court may proceed in his absence
if, having regard to the nature of the application, the
court thinks it expedient to do so.
    (6) The jurisdiction of the court to hear and
determine the application may be exercised by the
registrar and the applicant shall, unless the judge
otherwise directs, make the application to the registrar
in the first instance.
    (7) Where the application is made to the registrar,
he may refer to the judge any matter which he thinks
should properly be decided by the judge, and the judge
may either dispose of the matter or refer it back to
the registrar with such directions as he thinks fit.
    (8) The court may, as a condition of granting any
application, impose such terms and conditions as it
thinks fit, including a term or condition requiring
any party to -
     (a) give security,
     (b) give an undertaking,
     (c) pay money into court,
     (d) pay all or any part of the costs of the
         proceedings, or
     (e) give a power of re-entry.
   (9) Unless the court otherwise directs, the costs of
the application shall not be taxed until the general
taxation of the costs of the action or matter and, where
an earlier taxation is directed, Order 38 shall apply as
if the word  ' claimed ' were substituted for the word
' recovered '  wherever it appears.
    (10) An appeal shall lie to the judge from any order
made by the registrar on the application and the appeal
shall be disposed of in chambers unless the judge
otherwise directs.
    (11) An appeal under paragraph (10) shall be made on
notice, which shall be filed and served on the opposite
party within 5 days after the order appealed from or
such further time as the judge may allow.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302154>
<idno type=num>
302154
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.3241)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(bevis) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302155>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.287
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, directions
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Matters to be considered on pre-trial review.

1. On any day fixed for the pre-trial review of an action
or matter the registrar shall, subject to the following
provisions of this Order, consider the course of the
proceedings and give all such directions as appear to be
necessary or desirable for securing the just, expeditious
and economical disposal of the action or matter.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302155>
<idno type=num>
302155
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302156>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.287
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, admission, agreement,
securing admissions and agreements
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Securing admissions and agreements.

2. On the pre-trial review the registrar shall endeavour
to secure that the parties make all such admissions and
agreements as ought reasonably to be made by them in
relation to the proceedings and may record in the order
made on the review any admission or agreement so made
or any refusal to make any admission or agreement.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302156>
<idno type=num>
302156
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302157>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, application for particular direction
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Application for particular direction.

3. Every party shall, so far as practicable, apply on the
pre-trial review for any particular direction he may
desire and shall file and give to every other party
notice of his intention to do so, and if an application
which might have been made on review is made
subsequently, the applicant shall pay the costs of and
occasioned by the application, unless the court otherwise
directs.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302157>
<idno type=num>
302157
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302158>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, interlocutory application
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Rules as to interlocutory applications to apply.

4. The provisions of these rules relating to interlocutory
applications shall have effect as if the pre-trial
review were the hearing of an interlocutory application
and accordingly the registrar may, on the review,
exercise any of the powers exercisable by him on an
interlocutory application and may do so of his own
motion if no application is made for the exercise of the
power.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302158>
<idno type=num>
302158
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302159>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, non-appearance by plaintiff
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-appearance by plaintiff.

5.-(1) If the plaintiff does not appear on the pre-trial
review, the registrar may, without prejudice to any
other power, proceed with the review in his absence or
order the action or matter to be struck out.
   (2) Order 21, rules 1 (2) and (3) 2 (2), shall apply,
with the necessary modifications in relation to the
striking out of an action or matter under paragraph (1)
as they apply in relation to the striking out of
proceedings under Order 21, rule 1 (1).
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302159>
<idno type=num>
302159
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302160>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review,
admission by defendant of plaintiff's claim
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Admission by defendant of plaintiff's claim.

6. If, on or before the pre-trial review, the defendant
admits the plaintiff's claim or such a part thereof as
the plaintiff accepts in satisfaction of his claim, the
registrar may give such judgment or make such order as he
thinks just.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302160>
<idno type=num>
302160
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302161>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 7
</biblscope>
<title>
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, non-appearance by defendant,
non-appearance of defendant who has not delivered admission or defence
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non appearance by defendant who has not delivered
admission or defence.

7.-(1) If the defendant does not appear on the pre-trial
review of an action and has not delivered an admission
or defence, the registrar may, if he thinks fit, enter
judgment for the plaintiff.
   (2) If the plaintiff's claim is for unliquidated
damages, any judgment entered under paragraph (1) shall
be an interlocutory judgment for damages to be assessed,
unless at the time of the entry of judgment the plaintiff
adduces evidence as to the amount of his damages.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302161>
<idno type=num>
302161
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302162>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 8
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
non-appearance by defendant who had delivered defence,
non-appearance by defendant, pre-trial review
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-appearance by defendant who had delivered defence.

8. If the defendant has delivered a defence but does not
appear on the pre-trial review of an action, the registrar
may, at the request of the plaintiff and upon proof of
facts entitling him to relief, give such judgment or
make such order as the registrar thinks fit.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302162>
<idno type=num>
302162
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302163>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.288
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 17, rule 9
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.1
2. Emne: DA: sagens forberedelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
pre-trial review, fixing date of hearing
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Fixing date of hearing.

9. On or as soon as practicable after the completion by
the registrar of his consideration of the matters referred
to in rule 1 the proper officer shall, if the action or
matter remains to be heard and determined, fix a day
for the hearing and give notice thereof to every party.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302163>
<idno type=num>
302163
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.321)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagens forberedelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302164>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.294
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 21, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
non-appearance by plaintiff, non-appearance
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-appearance by plaintiff.

 1.-(1) If the plaintiff does not appear on the day fixed
for the hearing of an action or matter, the court may,
without prejudice to any other power, strike out the
proceedings or, if the defendant appears, proceed with
the hearing in the plaintiff's absence.
    (2) Where the court has received from the plaintiff
an affidavit which is admissible in evidence by virtue
of any Act or rule, he shall be deemed for the purpose of
paragraph (1) to have appeared on the day aforesaid and
to have tendered the evidence in the affidavit.
    (3) Where any proceedings have been struck out under
paragraph (1), the court may restore them to the list on
application or of its own motion.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302164>
<idno type=num>
302164
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302165>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.294
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 21, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
failure by plaintiff to prove claim, nonsuit
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Failure by plaintiff to prove claim.

 2.-(1) If the plaintiff appears at the hearing of an
action or matter but fails to prove his claim to the
satisfaction of the court, it may, without prejudice
to any other power, either nonsuit him or give judgment
for the defendant.
    (2) Where, after a plaintiff has been nonsuited, or
proceedings have been struck out, and costs have been
awarded to the defendant, a subsequent action for the
same or substantially the same cause of action is brought
before payment of those costs, the court may stay the
subsequent action until they have been paid.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302165>
<idno type=num>
302165
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302166>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.294
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 21, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.2.2
2. Emne: DA: udeblivelse
</s>
<s type=keywords>
non-appearance or admission by defendant, non-appearance,
admission
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-appearance or admission by defendant.

 3. If on the day fixed for the hearing of an action or
matter the defendant
     (a) does not appear but the plaintiff proves his
         claim to the satisfaction of the court, or
     (b) appears and admits the plaintiff's claim,
the court may give such judgment or make such orders as
may be just.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302166>
<idno type=num>
302166
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.322)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(udeblivelse) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302167>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.297
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 1
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
rehearing
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Rehearing.

 1.-(1) In any proceedings tried without a jury the
judge shall have power on application to order a rehearing
where no error of the court at the hearing is alleged.
    (2) Unless the court otherwise orders, any
application under paragraph (1) shall be made to the
judge by whom the proceedings were tried.
    (3) A rehearing may be ordered on any question
without interfering with the finding or decision or any
other question.
    (4) Where the proceedings were tried by the registrar,
the powers conferred on the judge by paragraphs (1) and
(3) shall be exercisable by the registrar and paragraph
(2) shall not apply.
    (5) Any application for a re-hearing under this rule
shall be made on notice stating the grounds of the
application and the notice shall be served on the
opposite party not more than 14 days after the day of the
trial and not less than 7 days before the day fixed for
the hearing of the application.
    (6) On receipt of the notice, the proper officer
shall, unless the court otherwise orders, retain any
money in court until the application had been heard.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302167>
<idno type=num>
302167
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302168>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.297
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 2
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
setting aside judgment given in party's absence,
setting aside judgment
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Setting aside judgment given in party's absence.

 2.-(1) Any judgment or order obtained against a party in
his absence at the hearing may be set aside by the court
on application by that party on notice.
    (2) The application shall be made to the judge if
the judgment or order was given or made by the judge
and in any other case shall be made to the registrar.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302168>
<idno type=num>
302168
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302169>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.297
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
setting aside on failure of postal service, setting aside
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Setting aside on failure of postal service.

 3.-(1) Where in an action or matter the originating
process has been sent to the defendant or inserted in his
letter-box in accordance with Order 7, rule 10 (1) (b) or 4 (a) or 13 (1) (b) or
(4), and after judgment has been
entered or given or an order has been made it appears
to the court that the process did not come to the
knowledge of the defendant in due time, the court may of
its own motion set aside the judgment or order and may
give any such directions as the court thinks fit [1983].
    (2) The proper officer shall give notice to the
plaintiff of the setting aside of any judgment or order
under this rule.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302169>
<idno type=num>
302169
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302170>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.297
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
setting aside default judgment, setting aside
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Setting aside default judgment.

 4.-(1) Without prejudice to rule 3, the court may, on
application or of its own motion, set aside or vary
any judgment entered in a default action pursuant to
Order 9, rule 6.
    (2) An application under paragraph (1) shall be made
on notice.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302170>
<idno type=num>
302170
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302171>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.297-298
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
non-compliance with rules, setting aside,
setting aside proceedings
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Non-compliance with rules.

 5.-(1) Where there has been a failure to comply with
any requirement of these rules, the failure shall be
treated as an irregularity and shall not nullify the
proceedings, but the court may set aside the proceedings
wholly or in part or exercise its powers under these
rules to allow any such amendments and to give any such
directions as it thinks fit.
    (2) No application to set aside any proceedings for
irregularity shall be granted unless made within a
reasonable time, nor if the party applying has taken any
step in the proceedings after knowledge of the
irregularity.
    (3) Where any such application is made, the grounds
of objection shall be stated in the notice.
    (4) The expression  ' proceedings ' in paragraph (1),
and where it first occurs in paragraph (2), includes any
step taken in the proceedings and any document, judgment
or order therein.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302171>
<idno type=num>
302171
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302172>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.298
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 37, rule 6
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 4
2. Emne: DA: Retsmidler
</s>
<s type=keywords>
appeal, appeal from registrar, setting aside, rehearing
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Appeal from registrar.

 6.-(1) Any party affected by a judgment or final order
of the registrar may, except where he has consented to
the terms thereof, appeal from the judgment or order to
the judge, who may, upon such terms as he thinks fit, -
     (a) set aside or vary the judgment or order or any
         part thereof, or
     (b) give any other judgment or make any other order
         in substitution for the judgment or order
         appealed from, or
     (c) remit the action or matter or any question
         therein to the registrar for rehearing or
         further consideration, or
     (d) order a new trial to take place before himself
         or another judge of the court on a day to be
         fixed.
    (2) The appeal shall be made on notice, which shall
state the grounds of the appeal and be served within 14
days after the day on which judgment or order appealed
from was given or made.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302172>
<idno type=num>
302172
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.4)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(retsmidler) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302173>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.298-299
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 38, rule 3
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
costs to be regulated by scales,
solicitors' charges and disbursements, costs,
scales of costs
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Costs to be regulated by scales.

 3.-(1) For the regulation of solicitors' charges and
disbursements otherwise than for the purpose of rule 18
or 19, there shall be four scales of costs, namely a
lower scale and three higher scales as set out in
Appendix A.
    (2) The scales shall have effect subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of this Order and any
directions contained in the scales.
    (3) In relation to a sum of money only, the scales
shall apply as follows:-
                 Sum of money            Scale applicable
 Exceeding   B25  but not exceeding B100     lower scale
 Exceeding  B100  but not exceeding B500     scale 1
 Exceeding  B500  but not exceeding B3,000   scale 2
 Exceeding  B3,000                           scale 3.

    (4) Where the sum of money does not exceed B25, no
solicitors' charges shall be allowed as between party and
party, unless a certificate is granted under rule 4 (6).
    (5) In addition to the disbursements shown in the
scales the appropriate court fees shall be allowable.
    (6) In relation to proceedings referred to arbitration
under Order 19, rule 2 (3), this rule is without
prejudice to rule 6 of that Order.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302173>
<idno type=num>
302173
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302174>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.299
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 38, rule 4
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
determination of scale, costs, amount recovered,
amount claimed, scales of costs
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Determination of scale.

 4.-(1) Subject to this Order, the scale of costs in an
action for the recovery of a sum of money only shall be
determined -
       (a) as regards the costs of the plaintiff, by the
           amount recovered;
       (b) as regards the costs of the defendant, by the
           amount claimed;
but nothing in this paragraph shall apply to an action
under the equity jurisdiction or to an admiralty action
or an action in which the title to a hereditament comes
in question.
    (2) In relation to third party proceedings, paragraph
(1) shall have effect as if the defendant issuing the
third party notice were the plaintiff and the third
party were the defendant.
    (3) Where in an action to which paragraph (1)
applies there is a counterclaim for a sum of money only,
that paragraph shall have effect in relation to the
costs exclusively referable to the counterclaim as if
the references therein to the amount recovered and the
amount claimed were references to the amount recovered
on the counterclaim and the amount of the counterclaim
respectively.
    (4) Where an action to which paragraph (1) applies
has been transferred from the High Court to a county
court and the amount remaining in dispute at the date
on which the registrar receives the documents referred
to in section 40 (7) of the Act is less than the amount
originally claimed, paragraph (1) (b) shall have effect
as if the reference therein to the amount claimed were
a reference to the amount remaining in dispute at that
date. [1984].
    (5) Paragraph (1) shall have effect in relation to
garnishee proceedings as if the judgment creditor were
the plaintiff and the garnishee or, as the case may be,
the judgment debtor were the defendant.
    (6) In any proceedings in which the judge certifies
that a difficult question of law or a question of fact
of exceptional complexity is involved, he may award costs
on such scale as he thinks fit.
    (7) In proceedings to which none of the foregoing
paragraphs applies, costs shall be on such scale as the
judge when awarding the costs, or the registrar when
taxing or assessing them, may determine.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302174>
<idno type=num>
302174
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
<div1 type=extract n=302175>
<bibl>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<s type=ref>
CCR
</s>
<biblscope type=page>
p.299-300
</biblscope>
<biblscope type=paragraph>
CCR, Order 38, rule 5
</biblscope>
<title>
County Court Rules
</title>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=texttype>
kommenterede processuelle regler
</s>
<s type=emne>
1. Klassifikation: 3.3
2. Emne: DA: sagsomkostninger
</s>
<s type=keywords>
discretionary allowances, costs, scales of costs
</s>
</bibl>
<div2 type=text>
<p>
Discretionary allowances.

 5. Where in the scales of costs -
     (a) an upper and a lower sum of money are specified
         against an item, or
     (b) the amount to be allowed in respect of an item
         is directed not to exceed a specified sum, or
     (c) no amount is specified against an item,
the amount of costs to be allowed in respect of that item
shall, subject to rules 9 and 17, be in the discretion of
the registrar within the limits of the sums, if any, so
specified, and in exercising his discretion the registrar
shall have regard to all the circumstances to which a
taxing officer of the Supreme Court is required to have
regard when determining the amount to be allowed in
respect of items of a similar character in the scale of
costs prescribed for use in the Supreme Court.
</div2>
<div2 type=trailer>
<bibl n=302175>
<idno type=num>
302175
</idno>
<biblscope type=chapter>
9
</biblscope>
<date>
1981
</date>
<s type=ref>
(CCR)
</s>
<s type=texttype>
(kommenterede processuelle regler)
</s>
<s type=class>
(0.33)
</s>
<s type=emne>
(sagsomkostninger) 
</s>
</bibl>
</div2>
</div1>
</div0>
